Quarterlytics / Impellam Group plc

Impellam Group plc

ipel · LSE
Claim this profile
Ticker ipel
Exchange LSE
Sector
Industry
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · Impellam Group plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Delivering on 
our Promise

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

I

m

p

e

l

l

a

m

G

r

o

u

p

p

l

c

_

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

_

2

0

2

1

 
 
 
 
 
ImPeLLAm GRoUP PLC_AnnUAL RePoRT AnD ACCoUnTs_2021

STRATEGIC REPORT

The Company

Impellam is a leading 
Global Talent Acquisition 
and managed Workforce 
solutions provider

STRATEGIC REPORT

1_  Progress and performance
2_ 
Impellam at a glance
4_  our awards
5_  Chairman’s statement
6_  Ceo review
14_  our business model
16_  Key performance indicators
18_  Performance reviews
28_  CFo review
32_   Principal risks
36_   stakeholder engagement  

and our s172 statement

39_   Responsible business

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

43_  Governance report
44_  Board of Directors
46_  QCA Code compliance
48_  Corporate governance statement
54_  Directors’ report
57_   statement of Directors’ responsibilities 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Independent auditor’s report

59_ 
68_  Consolidated income statement
69_  Consolidated statement of  
comprehensive income
70_  Consolidated balance sheet
71_  Consolidated statement of changes  

in equity

72_  Consolidated cash flow statement
73_  Notes to the consolidated financial 

statements

113_  Company balance sheet
114_  statement of changes in equity
115_  notes to the Company balance sheet
120_  Alternative Performance measures
122_  Glossary
124_  Company information

Alternative Performance Measures

Words with the symbol Δ are defined in the Alternative
Performance measures section of the Annual Report on
page 120.

Underpinning everything we do 
is our Virtuoso strategy which 
recognises it is our people who make 
the difference. Virtuosos make and 
deliver on promises, and grow with 
their customers through sector, 
service or international expansion 
which ensures there is never a 
need for a customer or candidate 
to leave Impellam. Impellam is the 
largest Global Talent Acquisition 
and Managed Workforce Solutions 
provider in the UK, and 8th1 in  
the world.

Our Managed Services businesses 
are enabled by talent-focused 
Specialist Staffing brands with deep 
heritages, vertical sector expertise 
and loyal candidate networks. Clients 
across the world trust us to deliver 
Managed Services and Specialist 
Staffing in the UK, North America, 
Asia Pacific and Europe. 

Working with them are 2,900 
Impellam people, bringing a 
wealth of expertise through our 13 
market-leading brands across 70 
locations. Every year, we connect 
carefully chosen candidates with 
good work at all levels. They include 
technology and digital specialists, 
scientists, clinical experts, engineers, 
nurses, doctors, lawyers, teachers, 
receptionists, drivers, chefs, 
administrators, warehouse and call 
centre operatives. 

OUR VISION
To be the world’s most trusted staffing company  
– trusted by our people, our customers and our investors in 
equal measure.

OUR MISSION
To provide fulfilment and a sense of purpose for our  
people, and help our customers build better businesses  
in a changing world.

For more information visit
www.impellam.com

1 By revenue (2020 published numbers).

STRATEGIC REPORT | CoRPoRATe GoVeRnAnCe | FInAnCIAL sTATemenTs

Progress and performance

Headlines

Impellam delivered on its promise for the year with a strong return to growth 
coupled with conversion improvement and further strategic progress. Group 
revenue was up 13.1% (14.7%*) on the prior year at £2.3bn (2020: £2.0bn) and 
1.8%* up on 2019. Adjusted operating profitΔ up 61.0% (70.5%*) to £29.3m 
(2020: £18.2m).

OPERATIONAL
1.  our new, regional organisation model, supported by our four key operating 
segments – sTem, Global managed services (‘Gms’), Regional specialist 
Staffing (‘RSS’) and Healthcare - enabled us to innovate and respond quickly 
to rapidly changing customer needs and candidate availability whilst 
enjoying the economic benefits of increased demand.

2.  strong operational gearing in the UK region following strategic delayering 
initiatives, with conversion of gross profit to adjusted operating profit 
reaching 14.2% (2019: 10%).

3.  Year one of our Customer Office exceeded our expectations, delivering 
100% account retention and a 21% increase in Life Time Value (‘LTV’)2.

4.  our key strategic investments were in people and technology with both 

investment cases underpinning our core principle that Virtuosity makes the 
difference. The core systems road map moved into the delivery phase with 
on premises servers moved to the cloud and a staged delivery of new 
systems and upgrades continuing through 2022.

5.  In north America, following a strategic review of the scale and limited 
geographic footprint of Corestaff, our light industrial business, and a 
subsequent expression of interest resulted in its post year-end divestment 
of Corestaff to swipejobs Inc, a US private digital staffing company, for a 
cash consideration of approximately £14m ($19m).

FINANCIAL
1.  Gross profit increase of 17.1% (19.5%*), with H2 2021 up 6.5%* on H2 2019.

2.  Strong rebound in the UK and NA with gross profit growth on the prior year 
of 22.6%* and 16.7%* respectively. In APAC, which experienced prolonged 
lockdowns in 2021, gross profit increased by 4.9%*.

3.  The Gms and the sTem portfolios, representing over 60% of the Group’s 

gross profit, were up 14.8%* and 29.0%* respectively on 2020 and up 4.8%* 
and 8.0%* on 2019 gross profit.

4.  Strong rebound in RSS with gross profit up 26.9%* year on year, though still 

12.1%* below 2019 levels.

5.  Investment in headcount to support growth with 440 net joiners during 

2021, although headcount remains 77 below the 2019 year end position. 
Gross profit per FTE (productivity) was 12.8% above 2019 levels.

6.  Adjusted operating profitΔ growth of 61.0% to £29.3m (2020: £18.2m).

7.  net debtΔ increased by £5.2m to £31.5m (2020: £26.3m) following £38.9m 
of deferred UK VAT and US federal taxes repayment, with the final VAT 
repayment made in Q1 2022. Pre- IFRs 16 net debtΔ of £15.0m (2020: 
£4.1m) with covenant leverage ratio less than 1x throughout 2021.

8.  Following strong operational cash generation of 167.6%, excluding deferred 

tax repayments, banking facilities replaced at £182.5m, representing a 
£57.5m reduction on the previous facility. Net debt before IFRS 16Δ has 
reduced by £57.3m since 2019.

GROUP REVENUE_£m
£2,262.4m

2021

2020

2019

2,262.4  

2,000.9  

2,254.8  

GROUP GROSS  
PROFIT_£m
£267.0m

2021

2020

2019

267.0

228.1  

274.1  

GROUP ADJUSTED 
OPERATING 
PROFIT∆_£m
£29.3m

2021

2020

2019

18.2  

29.3  

31.1

GROUP OPERATING 
PROFIT_£m
£19.5m

2021

2020

2019

19.5

(15.0)  

13.9  

GROUP NET DEBT 
(BEFORE IFRS 16)Δ _£m
£(15.0)m

2021

2020

2019

(15.0)  

(4.1)  

(72.3)  

GROUP NET CASH 
GENERATED FROM 
OPERATIONS_£m
£10.2m

2021 10.2

2020

2019

  49.5

  94.5

For more information
Glossary: page_122

* Calculated by multiplying the prior year functional currency amount by the current year foreign currency exchange rate.

2 Life Time Value (LTV) is defined as average margin per client x average length of contract.

Page_01

ImPeLLAm GRoUP PLC_AnnUAL RePoRT AnD ACCoUnTs_2021

STRATEGIC REPORT

At a glance

our operating segments

We organise our portfolio of Global Managed 
Services and Specialist Staffing businesses regionally 
and by specialist operating segments. 

GLOBAL MANAGED SERVICES
We take care of the whole staffing 
process, so that our customers can 
focus on building better businesses. 
We do this by providing robust 
multidisciplinary and blended 
talent solutions to enterprise-level 
organisations, including partial and 
complete outsourcing.

our Global managed services brands 
are Guidant Global, Comensura  
and Flexy.

KEY METRICS

Revenue_£m

Gross profit_£m

£456.3m

2020: £401.5m
2019: £413.8m

£76.5m

2020: £70.5m
2019: £73.9m

£1,741.4m

£172.5m

2020: £1,539.5m
2019: £1,767.5m

2020: £140.7m
2019: £179.6m

£64.7m

2020: £59.9m
2019: £73.5m

£18.0m

2020: £16.9m
2019: £20.6m

NORTH  
AMERICA

UK &  
EUROPE

APAC

Page_02

STRATEGIC REPORT | CoRPoRATe GoVeRnAnCe | FInAnCIAL sTATemenTs

REGIONAL SPECIALIST STAFFING

STEM

HEALTHCARE

Our Regional Specialist Staffing 
(‘Rss’) businesses in the UK leverage 
our deep heritage, sector expertise 
and extensive network of specialist 
candidates, to provide expert 
recruitment services and fulfilled, 
engaged workers for our customers. 

our dedicated teams build better 
businesses by providing people for 
permanent, temporary, contract and 
fixed-price work; from the supply of 
warehouse workers to secretaries, call 
centre operatives, lawyers, drivers, 
teachers, chefs, HR and marketing 
professionals. 

our Rss brands are Blue Arrow, Tate, 
Career Teachers and Chadwick nott.

our portfolio of global sTem brands 
brings together a wealth of specialist 
recruitment expertise under one 
umbrella. our sTem brands work 
collaboratively to provide specialist 
contract and permanent recruitment 
services and statement of work 
across the sTem sectors. By attracting 
the very best of sTem talent, our 
businesses combine the unique and 
complementary skill sets of scientists, 
clinicians, engineers, IT and digital 
specialists to collaborate, innovate  
and co-create a better future for us 
all, by solving some of the world’s 
toughest problems. 

our sTem brands are Carbon60,  
sRG and Lorien in the UK & europe  
and Bartech, sRG and Lorien in  
north America. 

medacs Global Group (‘mGG’) is a leading 
international healthcare workforce 
solutions provider operating under a 
variety of brands, including medacs 
Healthcare, Global medics, and Litmus 
Workforce solutions. mGG provides 
healthcare staffing, managed services, 
staff bank, occupational health, insourcing, 
social care and home care services. 

Within its healthcare brands, mGG 
delivers locum, temporary and permanent 
doctors, nurses, allied health professionals 
and care workers. It is the largest provider 
of locum doctors to the nHs in the UK 
and to the Hse in Ireland and is the 
largest supplier of specialist healthcare 
managed services outside of the Us. 
With operations across the UK, Ireland, 
the middle east, India, Australia and new 
Zealand, mGG enables customers to 
deliver outstanding care globally.

For more information visit 
www.impellam.com

Page_03

ImPeLLAm GRoUP PLC_AnnUAL RePoRT AnD ACCoUnTs_2021

STRATEGIC REPORT

At a glance continued

Awards

Here are just some of the awards we have been recognised for…

Winner: Comensura

Winner: Comensura

Winner: Lorien

Winner: Lorien

Recruiting Back Better Award  
Guidant Global

Winner: Blue Arrow

Best use of Technology Award 
Guidant Global

Winner 
Career Teachers

Winner 
sRG

Platinum Accreditation Blue Arrow 
Platinum Tate

Client Service Award  
Guidant Global Lorien

NEAT Evaluation Industry Leader: 
Lorien

Winner: Guidant Global

Page_04

Impellam Group

Impellam Group

STRATEGIC REPORT | CoRPoRATe GoVeRnAnCe | FInAnCIAL sTATemenTs

Chairman’s statement

A strong return 
to growth

Despite disruption to our businesses across the world from on-
going Covid-19 restrictions, we have delivered an outstanding 
performance in 2021, with a strong return to growth and 
robust recovery in our adjusted operating profitsΔ. This is 
testament to our resilient, collaborative business model and 
commitment of our Virtuosos. 

The year 2021 began with a return to lockdown in the UK and 
our experience in 2020 enabled us to respond quickly, moving 
to remote working once again. From this challenging start to 
the year, demand increased rapidly across all our regions as 
restrictions have eased, customer confidence has returned and 
candidate shortages have intensified. Revenue is now ahead of 
2019 and we are seeing the benefits of the decisive moves we 
made to reshape our business in 2020 delivering results. 

We have continued to transform our business, strengthening 
our key brands, simplifying our organisational structure and 
investing in our technology and our people to enable them 
to perform to their upmost potential. our move to a regional 
reporting structure is part of this process, underpinned by  
our four key operating segments aligned to our primary 
business activities. 

We have focused on keeping our people safe and supported. 
Their resilience and tenacity in the face of an uncertain 
environment has been exemplary and on behalf of the 
Board I would like to thank them all for their dedication 
and hard work. 

our Board agenda has broadened in response to the growing 
interest in ESG – we have a well-defined culture encapsulated 
in our Virtuoso model and strong sense of purpose that we 
intend to build on as we begin our sustainability journey.

Whilst we learn to live with Covid-19, our customers and 
candidates expect us to help them navigate the new world 
of work. We will continue to invest in our people and our 
technology to ensure we can deliver innovative solutions 
for our customers and attract high-quality candidates in 
a tightening labour market and whilst facing an uncertain 
political landscape.

Page_05

Lord Ashcroft KCMG PC
Chairman

“WE HAVE 
DELIVERED AN 
OUTSTANDING 
PERFORMANCE 
IN 2021.”

ImPeLLAm GRoUP PLC_AnnUAL RePoRT AnD ACCoUnTs_2021

STRATEGIC REPORT

CEO review

Delivering on 
our Promise

OVERVIEW
We made enormous strides as a Group in 2021.

The promise we made to our customers, our people and our 
investors during the pandemic was that we would accelerate 
our strategy and emerge as a fighting fit Virtuoso organisation.

Our strategic and financial results for 2021 demonstrate that 
we delivered on that promise. We entered 2021 in our new 
formation: an agile Virtuoso operating model with fewer 
layers, enabling us to innovate and respond quickly to rapidly 
changing customer needs and candidate availability whilst 
enjoying the economic benefits of a lean cost base.

early in the year we were able to demonstrate our new 
organisational agility and the Q1 lockdown in the UK gave 
us the opportunity to put it to the test. We relied on the 
flexibility and resilience of our people as they juggled 
competing responsibilities. We collaborated with our 
customers to help them navigate the issues they faced while 
we supported our communities by finding them good work, 
supporting many to transfer their skills to buoyant sectors. 
When the schools closed in January 2021, we immediately 
seconded our talented education recruiters to support the 
national effort in our healthcare and scientific businesses who 
were busy fulfilling demands for Covid-19 testing and then 
vaccination programmes. This is one example of our Virtuoso 
agility which continued through the year as we responded to 
the higher-than-expected bounce back in demand across all 
our markets and territories.

With the wind in our sails, we focused hard on adapting quickly 
to a swift and unprecedented change in market dynamics, 
whilst preserving the efficiency and conversion gains made 
during our transformation programme in 2020. Whilst 
the challenges of the pandemic and resultant lockdowns 
across our major territories continued, we soon saw the 
upside opportunity from the major pressure on employers 
globally due to the ‘great resignation’, high attrition and a 
booming post-Covid-19 jobs market. In particular, we saw an 
immediate impact on demand for tech, digital and analytical 
skills following rapid global digitisation and, of course, for 
our scientists and healthcare professionals for testing and 
vaccination work.

Julia Robertson
Group Chief Executive Officer 

Page_06

STRATEGIC REPORT | CoRPoRATe GoVeRnAnCe | FInAnCIAL sTATemenTs

OUR STRATEGIC AND 
FINANCIAL RESULTS FOR 
2021 DEMONSTRATE 
THAT WE HAVE 
DELIVERED ON OUR 
PROMISE.

•  We entered 2021 in our new formation: an 
agile Virtuoso operating model with fewer 
layers

•  We focused hard on adapting quickly to a 

swift and unprecedented change in market 
dynamics, whilst preserving the efficiency 
and conversion gains made during our 
transformation programme in 2020

• 
•  our key strategic investments in 2021 

were in people and technology

• 
•  We invested in UK leadership to create a 

compelling STEM offering and drive better 
collaboration

GLOBAL

UK AND 
EUROPE

NORTH 
AMERICA

ASIA 
PACIFIC

OPERATING SEGMENTS

MANAGED
SERVICES

STEM

REGIONAL
SPECIALIST 
STAFFING

HEALTHCARE

Page_07

ImPeLLAm GRoUP PLC_AnnUAL RePoRT AnD ACCoUnTs_2021

STRATEGIC REPORT

CEO review continued

KEY STRATEGIC MOVES AND DEVELOPING OUR 
HIGH GROWTH MARKETS
our key strategic investments in 2021 were in people and 
technology, with both investment cases underpinning our core 
principle that Virtuosity is our strategic advantage.

OUR PEOPLE MAKE THE DIFFERENCE
We were pleased to welcome 440 (net increase) new purposeful 
colleagues into our Group during the year who are all now 
engaged in providing good work for people and people for 
good work. Our investments in people focused on expanding 
our teams in our high-growth markets with a 45% headcount 
increase for STEM businesses in the UK and a 24% increase 
in north America. our Global managed services (‘Gms’) 
portfolio also invested in headcount but this was offset by the 
efficiencies achieved through the collaboration of our Managed 
Services brands and the formation of our Centre of Excellence. 
The structural efficiencies made in 2020 were maintained 
and improved in our shared services team where headcount 
remained 16% below 2019 and in our Regional specialist 
Staffing (‘RSS’) portfolio where headcount remained 15% 
below 2019. Despite the overall increase in our headcount, we 
increased our productivity by 18.7%. 

our focus on our people has never been stronger, starting 
first and foremost with their health and wellbeing, swiftly 
followed by a redoubling of our efforts to make sure every 
single person was engaged with our purpose and able to work 
effectively in a blended model from home, our offices and our 
client sites. 

We ramped up support for our people while planning for a 
post-pandemic world, continuing recruitment activity and 
investing in the workforce of the future. During the year, 
we invested in our talented people services team making 
significant leadership appointments in the areas of culture, 
equity, diversity and inclusion (‘eD&I’), talent acquisition and 
development, and reward and recognition whilst further 
refining our Virtuoso model to make it accessible and 
meaningful for all 2,900 Impellam people. 

In recognition of our colleagues’ hard work amidst the 
challenges presented by the pandemic and an unprecedented 
increase in demand from customers, we gave our people 
two extra days off to focus on their wellbeing. We were 
also careful to pause and recognise our successes whilst 
encouraging collaboration and innovation along the way,  
with townhalls, awards conferences, socials - both in person 
when we could and virtual when we could not - which were 
designed to lift morale and reinvigorate our culture after  
lengthy lockdowns.

We continued to listen closely to the Virtuoso Alliance, our 
shadow board. The role of the Virtuoso Alliance is to widen 
and deepen the leadership team’s understanding of the 
changing world of work and the challenges and opportunities 
faced by our customers and candidates on the front line. They 
tell it how it is. 

This year, more than ever, it was critical to understand what 
colleagues were experiencing day to day and how it impacted 
them so that we could provide support as and where needed. 
Across two cohorts, 27 Virtuosos contributed significantly 
to the development of our people strategy, our approach to 
blended working, wellbeing and morale, automation, shifting 
candidate market dynamics and learning and development 
planning. 

our Virtuoso culture encourages our people to bring their 
authentic selves to work and our goal is to provide them with 
challenging and fulfilling work, supportive colleagues and a 
career without limits. 

TECHNOLOGY FREES UP OUR VIRTUOSOS
our investments in innovation, digital and core systems have 
touched most brands, teams and colleagues across the world. 
We are 100% focused on freeing up our Virtuosos to add value 
to our customers and candidates, whilst also delivering an 
enhanced digital experience. We have a strategic target to be 
65% digital1 by the end of 2022 and we made solid progress 
towards this during 2021. 

As the global pandemic continues to disrupt the world of 
work, accelerating our investment in technology remains key. 

The ‘Digital Core’ is a substantive rolling replacement for all 
our sales, operational and finance systems. This supports 
our ambitious growth plans for Impellam north America in 
addition to supporting organic growth in other geographies. 
We completed the first phase of this programme during 2021, 
with initial deployment to business users in Q4, to be followed 
by a roll-out programme leading to completion by the end 
of 2022. We also moved many of our existing systems to 
the cloud and exited a large on-premises data centre, saving 
property and technology costs.

“AS THE GLOBAL 
PANDEMIC CONTINUES 
TO DISRUPT THE 
WORLD OF WORK, 
ACCELERATING OUR 
INVESTMENT IN 
TECHNOLOGY  
REMAINS KEY.”

1  Digital – Data and Digital Technology, supported by monetisable data, automated process, cloud-based systems and flexible, mobile channels.

Page_08

As these new systems come on stream, we plan to add a  
range of additional modern, plug-in digital components 
to meet the needs of individual regions, brands, markets, 
categories and clients. 

These additional systems will be rapidly deployed, on a cloud 
subscription basis, and in a combination that adds competitive 
advantage to the individual business units. Our existing 
integration platform will give us the flexibility to change, as 
better and newer plug-in products become available. Examples 
of investments in plug-in digital components include enhanced 
candidate attraction and database searching, recruitment task 
automation and a range of analytics and intelligence tools. 

our investment in technology will enable our people to work 
more efficiently using self-service solutions and data analytics, 
supported by digital process automation and integration tools. 

Collectively, these new system combinations will allow 
Impellam to operate in the nascent Platform Recruitment 
market for high-volume demand and supply matching and will 
enhance deal volume and profit per colleague.

Innovation and entrepreneurship are core behaviours of 
Virtuosity. origin, our innovation hub, works closely with 
the Virtuoso Alliance, IT, the Customer Office and across 
regions through a virtual innovation community and actively 
monitors emerging technologies. In 2021, we invested in 
our ideation tool and DIY guides to crowd-source ideas 
from across the business. our Virtuoso model ensures we 
are close to our customers and innovate continuously. our 
clients trust our people to provide access to the latest tools, 
insights and trends to support fast, effective and informed 
workforce decision-making. For example, our innovation 
network helped to create a full end-to-end turnkey solution 
that included a chatbot and video interviews to speed up an 
ambitious hiring campaign. As the need for digital solutions 
grows, our portfolio of proprietary digital solutions and our 
global network of digital partners provides our customers and 
candidates with access to a wide array of stand-alone or fully 
integrated services to support them throughout their journey. 

Our offering now spans zero touch transactional services 
through proprietary and hybrid proprietary digital staffing 
platforms through to payroll solutions as well as stand-
alone, third party solutions. For example, Flexy, acquired in 
2019, uses leading technology to streamline the temporary 
recruitment process for companies looking for flexible 
labour, and individuals looking for flexible work. Flexy is now 
embedded with customers in both APAC and the UK & europe.

STRATEGIC REPORT | CoRPoRATe GoVeRnAnCe | FInAnCIAL sTATemenTs

FACING VOLATILE MARKETS IN  
PARTNERSHIP WITH OUR CUSTOMERS
In support of our strategic goal that there should never be 
a reason for a customer to leave Impellam, we continued 
to optimise our organisation design to make sure that our 
customers have access to the very best of Impellam’s  
collective expertise. 

This led to the creation of the Customer Office and the GMS 
Centre of Excellence. Together, these teams leverage our 
organisational Virtuosity, customer insight and combined 
capability to ensure customer delight, growth and retention.

Our Customer Office is led by a newly appointed Chief Customer 
Officer. This strategic function is designed to drive customer 
engagement with the right experts at the right time, enabling 
our brands to deliver in the short, medium and long term; deliver 
advisory, innovative consultancy, best practice and benchmarking 
and ensure a long-term strategy is in place for each customer. 
Like all organisations, our customers are embracing change 
as they adapt to a volatile and extremely challenging talent 
market. They are turning to trusted partners like Impellam to 
help drive innovation and offer unique perspectives on how 
to build better businesses. The Customer Office plays a key 
role in understanding our customers’ needs and tailoring our 
services for them. In the first year of operation, the Customer 
Office exceeded expectations, delivering 100% account 
retention and a 21% increase in Life Time Value (‘LTV’).

Collaboration remained a key theme and, together with the 
creation of our Customer Office, the introduction of our 
GMS Centre of Excellence has played a vital role in reducing 
duplication of effort and ensuring that our customers access 
the best that Impellam has to offer. This dedicated, expert 
global function provides services to our managed services 
and STEM customers and expertise to our brands, including 
access to technology, data management, reporting and 
implementation expertise, sharing managed services best 
practice. In short, our Centre of Excellence has enabled us to 
deliver a higher quality, more consistent service globally whilst 
improving our operational efficiency.

For more information visit 
www.impellam.com

Page_09

ImPeLLAm GRoUP PLC_AnnUAL RePoRT AnD ACCoUnTs_2021

STRATEGIC REPORT

CEO review continued

DRIVING SUSTAINABLE GROWTH
our new organisation design underpinned a strong strategic 
focus on our key growth markets, geographically and 
segmentally. We exited 2021 with over 70% of our revenue in 
our digitally enabled GMS and STEM segments and are excited 
by the growth opportunities we have seen and continue to see 
in these markets in each of our territories. We will continue  
to make strategic investments to support further growth in 
these markets. 

We saw strong performance from our Gms operating 
segment, with robust growth in both revenue and gross profit 
reflecting the positive results from increasing collaboration 
across the portfolio. With 20 new customer wins, a 96% 
renewal rate and over seven years average tenure, the 
portfolio made significant progress. In the last 12 months 
alone, GMS has expanded the scope of services delivered to 
20% of our clients. 

The implementation of our new Customer Office helped 
us expand our service offering and support Group-fill 
opportunities, alongside access to our Gms Global Centre  
of Excellence.

Both the life sciences and technology sectors have played 
pivotal roles amid the Covid-19 pandemic. Digitisation 
and transformation have taken a significant leap at both 
an organisation and industry level. To cope with the crisis, 
companies have had to stand up digital, tech-enabled solutions 
to meet new demand more quickly than thought possible 
before the pandemic. With the introduction of this ‘new-
normal’, digitisation is also broadening the horizon of  
new possibilities in the life sciences sector. Redefined 
workplace environments; the shift in health care delivery;  
and innovative collaborations between traditional companies 
and entrepreneurial start-ups are a few examples that 
are leading to this unprecedented change supported by 
technological advancements. 

As a result of pharmaceutical innovations saving the world 
and with technology transformation widespread, customer 
demand increased exponentially through the pandemic. In 
response, Impellam created a focused sTem portfolio with 
investments in specialist sTem leadership in both the UK and 
North America yielding positive results in its first full year 
of operation. The collaboration across our brands has been 
critical in winning and fulfilling some of our largest healthcare 
contracts to date, where we have been proud to play our part 
in the fight against Covid-19 in the US, UK & Europe. With 
significant global capability in this high-growth, future-facing 
market, revenues grew by 6.7% (8.6%*) to £759.6m, and gross 
profit reached £81.8m, up 25.7% (29.0%*) year on year. 

Both our Rss and Healthcare businesses bounced back after 
facing tough market conditions in 2020, with significant 
increases in Covid-19 related demand and despite ongoing 
candidate shortages, and challenges created by border 
closures in our APAC region.

We are particularly proud of the increased collaboration 
between our healthcare businesses and our staffing and 
managed services businesses which delivered outstanding 
services and people to hospitals, testing laboratories and 
vaccination centres across all our territories, playing their 
part in the fight against Covid-19, whilst also delivering to our 
customers as demand increased.

FINANCIAL REVIEW
Revenue grew 13.1% (14.7%*) to £2.3bn in 2021 and has now 
recovered to a pre-pandemic (2019) level. Gross profit grew by 
17.1% (19.5%*) over 2020, only 0.8%* behind 2019.

With significant increases in customer demand, we made 
investments in headcount and our People strategy and 
continued enhancing our technology through our Digital Core 
IT Systems Programme whilst delivering a strong adjusted 
operating profitΔ performance of £29.3m, up 61.0% (70.5%*) on 
2020 and just 2.0%* behind 2019.

our strong focus on cash ensured we managed our cash and 
net debtΔ position very effectively and reduced Days Sales 
outstanding (‘Dso’) by 1.7 days. net debtΔ increased by £5.2m 
to £31.5m as we repaid £38.9m of the £48.0m cash support 
received from both the UK and Us governments in 2020 with 
the remaining balance due to be repaid in 2022. The ongoing 
strong cash position has allowed us to reduce our revolving 
credit facility by £57.5m whilst continuing to invest in our key 
priorities of people and technology.

96%

Global Managed Services 
customer renewal rate.

* Calculated by multiplying the prior year functional currency amount by the current year foreign currency exchange rate.

Page_10

STRATEGIC REPORT | CoRPoRATe GoVeRnAnCe | FInAnCIAL sTATemenTs

12.4&

GLOBAL MANAGED SERVICES

With increasing talent shortages globally, organisations are 
focused on comprehensive talent management, innovative 
ways to engage staff with a focus on hiring teams rather 
than individuals, all of which is driving demand for Gms 
across the world. As businesses consider contingent or 
extended workforces as the next frontier of innovation, 
managed service providers that can advise on and deliver 
agile and flexible workforce strategies are in demand. 

Gms delivered a strong performance in each of our regions in 
2021, with revenues of £838.7m and gross profit at £79.2m 
up 12.5% (14.1%*) and 10.9% (14.8%*) respectively on 2020.

Our digitally enabled service offering secured 20 new 
customers in the year representing £700m annualised 
spend Under management (‘sUm’). Importantly, this strong 
new business performance is coupled with the retention of 
96% of our client base thereby increasing our resilience and 
underpinning our revenue for this year. 

ongoing investment in our technology is driving up 
productivity and freeing up our Virtuosos to focus on 
our clients and candidates. This includes the complete 
overhaul of our approach to the deployment and 
management of our proprietary Vendor management 
system (‘Vms’) which has enabled us to deliver against 
an ambitious development roadmap while improving 
efficiency. The role of advanced analytics to generate 
market insights around talent supply and demand for 
different skills and roles across multiple disciplines and 
locations has never been more important to our clients. 
To deliver analytics seamlessly, an uninterrupted data flow 
across multiple tools via automated linkages is provided. 

The investment in our people – in particular, our partnership 
with the open Data Institute – has been essential to 
ensure our people are equipped with the knowledge and 
expertise to improve the experience of our customers using 
technology. our digitally enabled service allows us to better 
support our clients as they focus on employer branding, 
recruitment marketing and direct sourcing in a competitive 
marketplace, where equity, diversity and inclusion (‘eD&I’) is 
increasingly important to building a diverse workforce.

Revenue_£m

2021

2020

2019

838.7  

745.8  

785.3  

For more information 
Glossary: page_122

Gross profit_£m

2021

2020

2019

79.2  

71.4  

78.5  

+12.5%
£838.7m

+10.9%
£79.2m

* Calculated by multiplying the prior year functional currency amount by the current year foreign currency exchange rate.

Page_11

ImPeLLAm GRoUP PLC_AnnUAL RePoRT AnD ACCoUnTs_2021

STRATEGIC REPORT

CEO review continued

UK & EUROPE (65% OF GROSS PROFIT)
Our businesses in the UK & Europe saw an unexpectedly rapid 
bounce back from their Covid-19-driven revenue dip in 2020 
and our dedicated teams were delighted to have a surplus of 
roles to offer our talented candidates. As the year progressed 
it became clear that we needed to become increasingly 
resourceful to help our customers manage their requirements 
and engage the right people to meet their growing needs. 

Talent shortages across most sectors were exacerbated in the 
UK due to Brexit and Off Payroll Working. Driver availability hit 
the headlines resulting in fuel shortages at petrol stations and 
empty supermarket shelves. A scarcity of nurses, residential 
care workers and IT specialists drove an increase in demand 
and pay rates for our candidates, and in response we rapidly 
up-skilled our people to deal with these fast-changing  
market dynamics. 

The UK & europe segment recovered strongly across all our 
markets with overall gross profit growth of 22.6% (22.6%*) 
which resulted in an excellent adjusted operating profitΔ 
performance, up 202.5% (223.3%*) on 2020. During Q4 2019, 
through 2020 and continuing into 2021, we focused on right 
sizing our cost base and this, together with record-breaking 
productivity, led to the region ending the year 45.8%* ahead 
of 2019 adjusted operating profitΔ even though gross profit 
was 4.1%* lower.

Our GMS businesses in the UK increased gross profits by 
8.7%*, with growth coming mainly from Comensura and 
support for Covid-19-related work. A number of our Guidant 
customers, particularly in the manufacturing and aviation sector, 
experienced reduced demand due to the pandemic, and we 
expect to see those volumes rise as confidence returns. The 
new contracts secured in 2020 and 2021 will reap significant 
financial benefits in 2022.

our sTem portfolio in the UK delivered impressive gross 
profit growth of 43.4%* spread across all brands and vertical 
markets, with our life science brand (sRG) also delivering 
increased gross profit on 2019. The 2021 growth has been 
achieved through a mixture of improved trading conditions in 
the UK after the 2020 lockdowns, increased demand for tech, 
digital and analytical skills at scale, collaboration and cross 
selling across the portfolio and new contract wins  
in our sTem brands. In addition, market leader sRG has been 
very active providing scientists and clinical staff to support 
Covid-19-related requirements for both government and 
private companies.

The recovery in our Rss brands in the UK was particularly 
strong as Covid-19 restrictions eased and pent-up demand 
led to a gross profit increase of 26.3%* compared to 2020. 
Despite this, the lockdowns in Q1 2021 continued to impact 
hospitality and catering (Blue Arrow), and also led to school 
closures, impacting our education business (Career Teachers) 
where gross profit remained lower than 2019. 

Across our Rss portfolio, permanent recruitment fees were 
90% up on 2020 as market confidence returned, with positive 
impact in office (Tate) and legal (Chadwick Nott). However,  
in aggregate, the portfolio still lagged 2019 gross profit  
by 17.4%*.

our Healthcare business in the UK (mGG) made good progress 
in 2021 but with less pronounced growth against 2020 with 
financial performance continuing to be affected by the 
pandemic. The virus had a significant impact on availability 
of front-line staff and resulted in the cancellation of elective 
surgery and other non-urgent medical procedures. During 
the year we are proud that mGG was heavily involved in the 
management of testing and vaccination services as part of 
the national effort against Covid-19 and, as a consequence, 
facilitated good work for people in our life sciences (sRG) and 
general staffing (Blue Arrow) businesses who report gross 
profit separately. Gross profit in Healthcare UK and Ireland was 
up 8.0%* on 2020 and 2.7%* up on 2019.

NORTH AMERICA (29% OF GROSS PROFIT)
In north America, our investments in sTem and Gms paid 
dividends with strong momentum building for Gms and new 
sTem leadership appointed to drive accelerated growth.

The region delivered strong gross profit growth of 8.5% 
(16.7%*) on 2020 and was also 11.6%* higher than 2019.

This was driven by strong gross profit growth in GMS of 
17.3%* reflecting a good level of new business secured across 
a broad range of market sectors and positive results from 
increased collaboration across the portfolio.

STEM gross profit was steady at 8.7%*, with a substantial 
increase of 21.8%* in our IT business, Lorien, offset by declines 
in life sciences and engineering. 

Our light industrial business, Corestaff, benefited from 
fewer restrictions and an increase in demand, and grew 
gross profit by 38.3%. A particular feature of this growth 
was the supply of workers into Covid-19-related activities 
with our managed services customers. Following a strategic 
review which considered the scale and limited geographic 
footprint of Corestaff in North America, and a subsequent 
expression of interest, we decided that our customers and 
people would benefit from enhanced geographic reach for 
their light industrial staffing requirements. As a result, in early 
2022, Impellam sold the business and assets of Corestaff to 
swipejobs Inc., a US private digital staffing company, for a cash 
consideration of approximately £14m ($19m). The proceeds of 
the sale will pay down net debtΔ to fund additional investment 
to further accelerate the Group’s strategy. This transaction 
will enable the leadership team in north America to focus our 
sTem and Gms portfolios and accelerate our investments in 
Virtuosity, technology and digital and innovation. 

* Calculated by multiplying the prior year functional currency amount by the current year foreign currency exchange rate.

Page_12

STRATEGIC REPORT | CoRPoRATe GoVeRnAnCe | FInAnCIAL sTATemenTs

APAC (6% OF GROSS PROFIT)
In Asia Pacific (APAC), border closures and extended 
lockdowns were more severe in 2021 than in 2020 and 
continued to frustrate performance in our healthcare 
business despite some encouraging financial and operational 
improvements in sequential quarters towards the end of the 
year. Despite this, overall gross profit was up 6.5% (4.9%*) in 
2021 with more resilient trading in Gms mitigating the decline 
in Healthcare.

Our GMS business achieved gross profit growth of 19.4%* 
on 2020 and a 7.2%* increase on 2019, whilst the Healthcare 
business gross profit declined by 9.8%*, due to the cross-
border lockdowns.

We continued to build resilience in our managed services 
business in APAC when we established our first foothold 
in the private sector, securing one of our largest global 
managed services Programmes (‘msP’) with a global mining 
organisation. Led by our APAC region this will provide over 
1,000 heads globally, across multiple functions from blue 
collar skills to mining specialists. 

In Australia, Global medics focused on transformation to equip 
the business with the resources and tools to thrive in the next 
evolution of the Australian medical recruitment market. 

In 2020, we launched our digital platform Flexy into the 
Australian market to support our managed services business. 
Flexy now has 31 local councils connected directly to good 
quality candidates in a digital marketplace, supplemented by a 
digital payroll service that has already been extended into four 
MSP clients in the region. In its first full year of trading, Flexy 
delivered £0.4m of gross profit. 

LOOKING FORWARD
The global pandemic has upended the world of work and 
created huge societal change. our vision and mission have 
never been more important as we continue to focus on 
Virtuosity as our strategic advantage to further transform our 
proposition and portfolio. We believe we are well placed for 
further success in 2022 and beyond, although we are mindful 
of the potential global economic impact of the current conflict 
in Ukraine. 

A Bold Promise

OUR STRATEGIC OBJECTIVE
Virtuosity makes the difference and will drive market-
beating value creation.

OUR STRATEGIC ADVANTAGE
We believe we retain customers, people and investors 
for longer than our competitors because we’re trusted 
to do what we say we are going to do. We work 
collaboratively across our diverse portfolio with a 
shared vision, mission, style and language we call ‘The 
Virtuoso Way’. This enables us to deliver differentiated, 
integrated solutions to our customers, and to find good 
work for our people. 

OUR STRATEGIC SCOPE
Customers
We work with customers who value engaged, fulfilled 
and purposeful people, and who allow us to take our 
share of the economic value we create as we help them 
build a better business. 

Offering
We are a leading Global Talent Acquisition and 
managed Workforce solutions provider enabled  
by talent-focused Specialist Staffing brands with  
deep heritages, vertical sector expertise and loyal 
candidate networks. 

Geography
We offer multiple brands and services across North 
America, the UK & europe and APAC. To further 
support our mission, and to find exciting opportunities 
for our people, we also invest in, and operate with, 
specific clients in other regions.

Integration
We have a unique, differentiated and collaborative 
model. This integrates managed services and specialist 
Staffing into a full workforce solutions management 
platform for our customers’ permanent, contingent 
and statement of Work (‘soW’) spend. our work is 
important, and we get it done.

* Calculated by multiplying the prior year functional currency amount by the current year foreign currency exchange rate.

Page_13

For more information visit 
www.impellam.com

ImPeLLAm GRoUP PLC_AnnUAL RePoRT AnD ACCoUnTs_2021

STRATEGIC REPORT

Our integrated, collaborative business model 

OUR MISSION
TO PROVIDE FULFILMENT  
AND A SENSE OF PURPOSE  
FOR OUR PEOPLE AND HELP  
OUR CUSTOMERS BUILD  
BETTER BUSINESSES IN A 
CHANGING WORLD.

OUR VISION 
TO BE THE WORLD’S MOST 
TRUSTED STAFFING COMPANY – 
TRUSTED BY OUR PEOPLE, OUR 
CUSTOMERS AND OUR INVESTORS 
IN EQUAL MEASURE.

OUR KEY 
DIFFERENTIATORS 

TO DELIVER EXCEPTIONAL SERVICE 
TO OUR CUSTOMERS THROUGH:

OUR CULTURE OF VIRTUOSITY
Virtuosity is a mindset that means Impellam 
people see opportunities where others 
do not. Virtuosos look ahead to see how 
customers’ and candidates’ needs are 
changing and are always ready to adapt 
and innovate. everyone at Impellam 
contributes to our culture of Virtuosity by 
making a difference and doing the common, 
uncommonly well. At the heart of our 
integrated, collaborative business model 
is a virtuous circle of making and keeping 
promises, engendering trust and loyalty. By 
keeping our promises, we retain our clients, 
candidates and our people for longer and 
reap the benefits of that longevity.

THE BEAUTIFUL BASICS
We make sure that ‘the Beautiful Basics’ are 
in place and deeply embedded in all of our 
businesses across our collaborative portfolio. 
‘Beautiful Basics’ are caring for the smaller 
details, as well as the bigger ones. They 
are the difference Impellam people make 
through our day-to-day actions to deliver on 
our promises. 

TAKING THE HIGH ROAD
We focus on partnering with organisations 
that value engaged, fulfilled people and we 
call this the ‘high road’ which serves to drive 
clear market segmentation and a compelling 
price point. 

ENTREPRENEURIAL  
VIRTUOSO LEADERS
All our businesses work in ‘The Virtuoso Way’ 
which embeds a consistent, collaborative 
Group-wide culture, based on trusted 
behaviours, delivered by entrepreneurial 
Virtuoso leaders who can drive our 
competitive advantage and deliver on our 
promises to all our stakeholders. 

Page_14

OUR REGIONS

NORTH  
AMERICA

APAC

UK &  
EUROPE

OUR OPERATING SEGMENTS

D I G I TA L PLATFORMS

COLLABORATION

DIGITAL PLATF O R M S

REGIONAL SPECIALIST STAFFINGHEALTHCAREGLOBAL  MANAGED SERVICESSTEMSTRATEGIC REPORT | CoRPoRATe GoVeRnAnCe | FInAnCIAL sTATemenTs

OUR CULTURE:  
OUR VIRTUOSO MODEL

P S Y C H O LOGICAL SAFETY
e t e n c e                          Entrepren
o m p

e

u

r

s

h
i
p

LEADING 
CHANGE

C

O

L

L

A

B

Tech nic a l  C
RIOSITY

U
C

A
g
i
l
i
t
y

VIRTUOSITY

EMOTIONAL 
INTELLIGENCE

P

r

o

m

is

INCLUSIV I T Y

e Focus                                   

n

e

h

  A u t

TRUST

O

R

A

T

I

O
N

n
o

i
t
a
v
o
n
n
I

COACHING

ticit y                                       

TO CREATE VALUE FOR 
OUR STAKEHOLDERS

CLIENTS
We tune in to our customers and work 
closely with them to find people for good 
work to help them build better businesses. 
We retain them, continuing to listen and 
partner with them to extend the scope and 
tenure of our services, and in doing so, open 
up more opportunities for organic growth.

CANDIDATES
From the outset, we listen to our 
candidates and find them good work that 
fulfils them and matches their aptitudes, 
skills and aspirations. We reward our 
candidates fairly, retain them by treating 
them well, and by finding them work that 
interests and develops them. In turn, this 
encourages them to refer more people and 
good work to us. 

COLLEAGUES 
We employ people who care about our 
mission and our craft, and we develop 
them, so they have the right skills and 
experience to do their job by being 
Virtuosos in their field. We free up our 
Virtuosos and give them more influence so 
they in turn develop a culture of Virtuosity 
across the Company. Ultimately, we 
trust them to make the right decisions, 
collaborate and deliver on their promises. 

INVESTORS
We take care to create relationships with 
investors and we build on the trust we 
create by delivering sustainable earnings.

SUPPLIERS
We build strong partnerships of mutual 
trust with our suppliers, many of whom 
are also our clients. our long-term 
relationships with our suppliers enable 
us to fill more jobs for our clients and by 
building an engaged recruitment supply 
chain which is passionate about finding the 
right candidates with the right skills, we 
can reduce the cost of recruitment; reduce 
the time to hire; provide timely market 
insight; and drive innovation.

For more information visit 
www.impellam.com

Page_15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ImPeLLAm GRoUP PLC_AnnUAL RePoRT AnD ACCoUnTs_2021

STRATEGIC REPORT

Key performance indicators

We monitor our performance against our strategic 
priorities by using key performance indicators (‘KPIs’). 
Our KPIs include a set of financial and non-financial 
measures and are discussed further in the CEO  
and CFO reviews.

Financial KPIs

GROUP REVENUE  
_£m
£2,262.4m

GROUP GROSS PROFIT 
_£m
£267.0m

GROUP ADJUSTED 
OPERATING PROFITΔ_£m
£29.3m

GROUP OPERATING 
PROFIT_£m
£19.5m

2021

2020

2019

2,262.4  

2,000.9  

2,254.8  

2021

2020

2019

267.0

228.1  

274.1  

2021

2020

2019

18.2  

29.3  

31.1

2021

2020

2019

19.5

(15.0)  

13.9  

MEASUREMENT EXPLAINED
Revenue generated from sales 
of contract workers, permanent 
placement fees and other income 
generated from provision of 
staffing services.

MEASUREMENT EXPLAINED
Revenue less cost of sales, 
predominately the sum of 
contract gross profit and fees 
for the placement of permanent 
candidates, less any directly 
attributable adjustments or 
rebates.

MEASUREMENT EXPLAINED
Underlying profitability of the 
Group before interest and 
taxes with adjustments for 
impairments and amortisations 
of acquired intangibles and 
impairment of right-of-use leased 
assets.

MEASUREMENT EXPLAINED
Profitability of the Group before 
tax and finance costs.

RATIONALE
Indicates the volume of business 
generated in the year.

RATIONALE
Indicates the profitability of  
revenue before operating costs.

RATIONALE
Demonstrates the profitability 
of the Group and how efficient 
it is at managing its controllable 
cost base.

RATIONALE
Demonstrates the profitability of 
the Group.

CONVERSION RATIO –  
ADJUSTED OPERATING 
PROFITΔ %
11.0%

GROUP NET DEBTΔ  
(PRE-IFRS 16) 
_£m
£(15.0)m

GROUP NET CASH 
GENERATED FROM 
OPERATIONS_£m
£10.2m

ADJUSTED 
EARNINGS PER  
SHARE _PENCE
35.3p

2021

2020

2019

11.0%  

8.0%  

11.3%  

2021

2020

2019

(15.0)  

(4.1)  

(72.3)  

2021 10.2

2020

2019

  49.5

  94.5

2021

2020

2019

18.2  

35.3

39.2  

MEASUREMENT EXPLAINED
Adjusted operating profitΔ 
expressed as a percentage of 
gross profit. 

MEASUREMENT EXPLAINED
Total Group debt excluding lease 
liabilities, less any cash and cash 
equivalents, after capitalised 
financing costs.

MEASUREMENT EXPLAINED
The amount of cash generated 
from operating activities and 
after tax paid.

MEASUREMENT EXPLAINED
The amount of adjusted 
operating profitΔ per one share 
in the Group; calculated as 
the adjusted operating profitΔ 
attributable to the Group’s 
shareholders, divided by the 
average number of shares in 
issue throughout the year.

RATIONALE
Indicates the efficiency of fee 
earners in generating gross profit 
and the Group’s ability to control 
central costs.

RATIONALE
net debtΔ is a key element of the 
Group’s capital structure. 

RATIONALE
Demonstrates how efficient the 
Group is in converting operating 
activities to cash and therefore 
the ability to manage its capital.

RATIONALE
A strong indication as to the 
underlying profitability of a 
company for its shareholders.

Page_16

STRATEGIC REPORT | CoRPoRATe GoVeRnAnCe | FInAnCIAL sTATemenTs

Operational KPIs

INTERNATIONAL 
MIX %
38.1%

GROSS PROFIT  
MIX %
29.7%

CLIENT RETENTION – 
TOP 50 CLIENTS %
100%

GROUP ADJUSTED 
EBITDAΔ_£m
£37.0m

2021

2020

2019

38.1  

40.8  

36.7  

2021

2020

2019

29.7  

31.1  

28.2  

2021

2020

2019

100  

98  

98  

2021

2020

2019

37.0  

27.6  

41.8  

MEASUREMENT EXPLAINED
Total gross profit from business 
operations outside of the UK, 
expressed as a percentage of
Group gross profit.

MEASUREMENT EXPLAINED
Total gross profit generated from 
our Global managed services 
businesses expressed as a 
percentage of Group gross profit.

MEASUREMENT EXPLAINED
The percentage of the top 50 
clients in 2020 who we continued 
to supply in 2021 and have not 
been exited during the year.

RATIONALE
Geographic diversification 
spreads risk and reduces reliance 
on any one economy.

RATIONALE
Gross profit from Global 
managed services provides 
visibility of income and generates 
long-term relationships with our 
clients and aligns to our strategic 
priorities.

RATIONALE
Client retention links to improved 
profitability and efficiencies in 
service delivery alongside
improved quality of service. 

MEASUREMENT EXPLAINED
Operating profit of the Group 
before interest, tax, depreciation 
and amortisation and excludes 
IFRS 16 adjustments, separately 
disclosed items and share-based 
payments.

RATIONALE
The Group continues to measure 
eBITDA which is used for 
banking covenants and internal 
performance measures. It is also 
used externally for valuation 
purposes.

CONVERSION RATIO –  
ADJUSTED EBITDAΔ  
%
13.9%

GROUP FILL  
% 

16%

2021

2020

2019

AVERAGE GROSS  
PROFIT PER FTE  
£’000
£98.7

16  

17  

17  

2021

2020

2019

98.7  

83.0  

87.5  

GROSS PROFIT PER £ 
STAFF COST 

£1.53

2021

2020

2019

1.53  

1.52  

1.58  

2021

2020

2019

13.9  

12.1  

15.2  

MEASUREMENT EXPLAINED
The percentage of spend Under 
management supplied from our 
Group brands into our Global 
managed services programmes.

MEASUREMENT EXPLAINED
Total gross profit divided by the 
average number of full-time 
equivalents in the Group.

MEASUREMENT EXPLAINED
Total gross profit divided by the 
annual staff costs.

MEASUREMENT EXPLAINED
Adjusted EBITDAΔ expressed as a 
percentage of gross profit.

RATIONALE
Enables our Specialist Staffing 
brands to support the managed 
services programmes and
generate gross profit with an 
existing client.

RATIONALE
Indicator of staff productivity 
and efficiency, with growth 
demonstrating improved 
efficiency or a higher percentage 
of fee earners at full capacity.

RATIONALE
Indicator of staff productivity 
and reflecting the operational 
efficiency of the business as
a whole.

RATIONALE
Indicates the efficiency of fee 
earners in generating gross profit 
and the Group’s ability to control 
direct costs.

For more information
Glossary: page_122

Page_17

ImPeLLAm GRoUP PLC_AnnUAL RePoRT AnD ACCoUnTs_2021

STRATEGIC REPORT

Performance reviews

north America 

North America accounts for 29% of our 
gross profit and is primarily focused on our 
Global Managed Services (‘GMS’) and STEM 
operating segments through the Guidant 
Global brand for GMS and the SRG, Lorien and 
Bartech Staffing brands for STEM.

OVERVIEW
The region delivered a strong growth in revenue and gross 
profit during the year, making good progress against its 
ambitious three-year plan. We have focused on diversifying 
our client portfolio to increase our resilience and invested 
in building the foundations for expansion. Targeting our 
STEM business on specific sectors, supported by specialist 
teams is already yielding results and we have benefited from 
the significant recovery in the permanent recruitment and 
managed services markets. The robust performance of our 
GMS segment in North America reflected nine new customer 
wins and over US$500m annual SUM in 2021 as customers 
sought full talent management solutions in the face of 
significant talent shortages across most sectors. As a result of 
a strategic review, and to enable increased focus on Gms and 
STEM, Corestaff, our light industrial business, was sold  
to swipejobs Inc, a US private digital staffing platform in  
early 2022. 

FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
A robust revenue increase of 13.6% (20.4%*) to £456.3m 
followed a stable year (2020: £401.5m), demonstrating 
positive underlying growth, rather than purely a Covid-19 
bounce back. Gross profit rose by 8.5% (16.7%*) to £76.5m 
(2020: £70.5m) This was driven by strong performance by our 
GMS segment with a 17.3%* rise, reflecting the good level 
of new business secured and positive results from increasing 
collaboration across the portfolio. Growth in STEM gross profit 
was steady at 8.7%*, with a substantial increase of 21.8%* in 
our IT business, Lorien, offset by declines in life sciences and 
engineering.

Adjusted operating profitΔ was £10.1m (2020: £13.4m) due 
to the impact of investment in people and infrastructure to 
support ambitious growth plans. Headcount increased by 136 
in response to this expansion of the business in the region.

Reported adjusted operating profitΔ for the north America 
region in 2021 was impacted by £1.9m increase in provisions 
for historical legal cases and £1m of provision against pre-
2021 receivables. The reported results are also impacted 
by the strengthening of £ Sterling against the US$ through 
2021. Excluding these items, and on a constant exchange 
rate basis, operating profit is higher when compared to both 
2020 and 2019.

North America

Revenue

Gross profit

2021
£m

2020
£m

% change
LFL*

456.3

401.5

20.4%

76.5

70.5

16.7%

Admin expenses

(66.4)

(57.1)

24.8%

Adjusted operating 
profitΔ

10.1

13.4

(16.4)%

Gross profit %

16.8%

17.6%

Adjusted operating 
profitΔ conversion ratio %

13.2%

19.0%

Permanent fees %

3.9%

2.2%

* Calculated by multiplying the prior year functional currency amount by the current year foreign currency exchange rate.

Page_18

 
STRATEGIC REPORT | CoRPoRATe GoVeRnAnCe | FInAnCIAL sTATemenTs

“ INVESTMENT IN 
SYSTEMS AND 
TECHNOLOGY 
SPECIFICALLY TO 
SUPPORT OUR 
REGIONAL BUSINESS 
WILL HELP FREE UP 
OUR VIRTUOSOS AND 
IMPROVE CANDIDATE 
EXPERIENCE.”

£456.3m

Revenue for North 
America in 2021.

MARKET DYNAMICS
The candidate shortfall in the US continues to be a major 
challenge for our clients and our recruiting operations. 
Candidate sourcing, attraction and engagement remains a top 
priority. The STEM sector expanded at an unprecedented rate, 
making market insight and specialist knowledge essential to 
competitive advantage. 

SUPPORTING OUR VIRTUOSO CULTURE
Investment in systems and technology specifically to support 
our regional business will help free up our Virtuosos and 
improve candidate experience. The appointment of a Group 
Head of Culture and Fulfilment based in the US has already 
accelerated the pace of our eD&I initiatives. our Unity Council 
has been relaunched, supported by new business resource 
groups to develop our policies and raise awareness.

PORTFOLIO REVIEW
GMS
The robust performance of our Gms segment in north America 
reflected a good level of new business secured across a broad 
range of market sectors and positive results from increasing 
collaboration across the portfolio. Our new Customer Office 
provided both our key strategic clients and Virtuosos with 
insight and expertise, helping us expand our service offering. 
Alongside access to our GMS Global Centre of Excellence, 
which provides functional experts across all our brands, we 
are now providing a broader perspective to help develop our 
clients and greater career opportunities for our people. 

As demand recovered, the significant programme signed at 
the end of 2020 with Travelport has now bedded in and is 
delivering strong growth, while demonstrating the benefits 
of collaboration between Group brands placing IT specialists 
from Lorien alongside the outsourced recruitment services 
contract won by Guidant. Revenue from a new customer, a 
leading environmental services company, is already ahead of 
expectations for the initial scope. 

ongoing Covid-19-related requirements saw us continuing 
to provide track and trace and health check services in both 
Federal and state Governments, where our ability to respond 
quickly to rapid surges in demand was key.

Page_19

ImPeLLAm GRoUP PLC_AnnUAL RePoRT AnD ACCoUnTs_2021

STRATEGIC REPORT

Performance reviews continued

STEM
This was a transitional year as we diversified and refocused 
our portfolio by building on our existing specialisms and 
moving into new vertical markets to broaden our expertise. 
Lorien benefited significantly from early investment in 2021 
and was able to take advantage of strong post-Covid-19 
trading conditions. over the course of 2021, Lorien doubled 
headcount and expanded their Specialist Markets team to 
address the buoyant mobile development and salesforce 
(a world-leading CRm solution) segments in the technology 
space and the renewable energy and electric vehicle segments 
in the engineering market, driven by demand from the Us 
automotive powerhouse. The Lorien leadership team has also 
been expanded, strengthening the expertise and knowledge 
needed to underpin our rapid growth. Investing in these 
sectors included hiring new teams to work virtually in key 
strategic growth locations: Denver, san Diego and Austin, 
ensuring we remain close to candidates and clients. 

The notable increase in gross profit generated by Lorien 
reflected the focus on more complex recruitment solutions 
as demand for sTem skills continued to outstrip supply and 
the well-documented candidate shortage has resulted in 
increased appetite from customers to outsource their sTem 
resource needs to specialist staffing providers. The demand 
for more complex STEM recruitment solutions underpinned 
by the creation of a new solutions Division resulted in three 
new tech-focused Recruitment Process outsourcing (‘RPo’) 
contracts; the first of these with Epsilon as a single source 
supplier for this leading Us marketing organisation. As a result 
of this investment strategy, Lorien delivered strong results, 
growing gross profit by 21.8% year over year, with gross profit 
from direct hire solutions also up over 200% on prior year.

The overall performance within our sTem portfolio was 
mixed, delivering a gross profit growth of 7.5%. Collaboration 
across the sTem portfolio of brands was particularly strong, 
leveraging existing customer relationships across the portfolio 
to deliver over $1m (£0.7m) of additional gross profit in the 
year. Collaboration between the sTem brands and our Gms 
business, Guidant Global, also continued to gain pace, with 
specialist IT, Life Sciences and Engineering staffing provision 
into Group Managed Service customers up 43% year-on-year.

Growth within our Life sciences business was below 
expectations given the strong performance of this sector. SRG 
was restructured during 2021 to reduce over-reliance on the 
CRA vertical (which was impacted due to Covid-19 restrictions 
reducing in-person clinical trials). The team was expanded 
to support the diversification of the SRG business into the 
Quality, Regulatory and Compliance (‘QRC’) segment of the 
life sciences market, to extend its reach from its established 
base in clinical research and move from supporting short-term 
clinical trials to longer-term projects. This renewed focus, 
combined with a change in leadership, is already delivering 
early and significant improvements.

our engineering business, Bartech, was slower to recover from 
the impact of Covid-19 within our core Automotive customer 
base. Customer activity improved significantly in the second 
half of the year, but headcount challenges in an extremely 
competitive market did not allow us to grow the team quickly 
enough to capitalise upon this rebound. In continuation of 
our diversification strategy, we expanded into the renewable 
energy and electric vehicle segments in the engineering 
sector, driven by demand from existing customers.

LOOKING FORWARD
The underlying infrastructure we need to drive forward our 
expansion plans is now in place with experienced hires on 
board in strategic leadership roles and specialist teams fully 
staffed to support the robust demand we see across the 
market. Whilst the new Covid-19 variant had some impact on 
candidate availability early in 2022, customer demand remains 
high, and we are seeing a drop in absences due to Covid-19, 
so we anticipate continued growth throughout the year. In 
response to increasing demand for sTem candidates, we 
will invest in building diverse sTem candidate communities 
to address the talent shortages in these markets. equally, 
significant customer demand for innovative GMS solutions will 
continue through 2022 and we will reap the benefits of wins 
in 2021. 

* Calculated by multiplying the prior year functional currency amount by the current year foreign currency exchange rate.

Page_20

STRATEGIC REPORT | CoRPoRATe GoVeRnAnCe | FInAnCIAL sTATemenTs

UK & europe 

Our largest region, UK & Europe, accounts 
for 65% of our gross profit generated by all 
four of our operating segments – Guidant 
Global, Comensura and Flexy in GMS, Lorien, 
Carbon60 and SRG in STEM, Blue Arrow, 
Tate, Career Teachers and Chadwick Nott 
in Regional Specialist Staffing (‘RSS’) and 
Medacs Global Group in Healthcare.

FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
Revenue rose 13.1% (13.6%*) to £1,741.4m (2020: £1,539.5m) 
reflecting higher volumes in both temporary and permanent 
recruitment and contributing to a substantial increase in 
gross profit of 22.6% (22.6%*) to £172.5m (2020: £140.7m). 
Combined with productivity increases driving higher gross 
profit per FTE, this delivered a significant recovery in adjusted 
operating profitΔ to £24.5m (2020: £8.1m), well ahead of 
2019 levels. Headcount was increased by 15% with 145 FTEs 
recruited to meet the rise in demand across both national and 
local clients.

OVERVIEW
With a strong bounce back in client demand along with high 
levels of Covid-19-related business, revenue and adjusted 
operating profitsΔ in the region delivered an impressive 
recovery. We saw growth in all brands, significant new 
business wins and were very proud of our contribution to 
the national testing programme and to the delivery of the 
vaccination programme in many UK counties. The UK lockdown 
in Q1 impacted our education and catering businesses but 
with restrictions lifting throughout the year, demand gradually 
returned over the second half. Transportation of goods 
remained buoyant and we responded well to the growing 
opportunities in the healthcare sector.

UK & Europe

Revenue

2021
£m

2020
£m

% change
LFL*

1,741.4

1,539.5

13.6%

Gross profit

172.5

140.7

22.6%

Admin expenses

(148.0)

(132.6)

10.1%

Adjusted operating 
profitΔ

24.5

8.1

223.3%

Gross profit %

9.9%

9.1%

Adjusted operating
profitΔ conversion  
ration %

14.2%

5.8%

Permanent fees %

16.4%

11.6%

£1,741.4m

Revenue for UK & Europe 
in 2021.

* Calculated by multiplying the prior year functional currency amount by the current year foreign currency exchange rate.

Page_21

ImPeLLAm GRoUP PLC_AnnUAL RePoRT AnD ACCoUnTs_2021

STRATEGIC REPORT

Performance reviews continued

“ AS MARKETS EMERGED 
FROM COVID-19 
RESTRICTIONS, WE 
SAW A SIGNIFICANT 
REBOUND IN 
DEMAND FOR BOTH 
PERMANENT AND 
TEMPORARY STAFF 
ACROSS ALL OUR 
BRANDS.”

MARKET DYNAMICS
As markets emerged from Covid-19 restrictions, we saw 
a significant rebound in demand for both permanent and 
temporary staff across all our brands. This reflected major 
pressures on employers facing ‘the great resignation’ as 
employee turnover rose in a booming post-Covid-19 jobs 
market. This led to a shortage of candidates with supply 
outstripping demand in several sectors. many candidates in  
the hospitality sector changed careers during lockdown 
periods with Brexit and driver shortages impacting the 
logistics sector. In the IT sector, the introduction of Off Payroll 
Working changed the taxation requirements for contractors, 
leading many to leave the freelance market, where talent 
is already in short supply. Nursing continues to suffer a 
substantial shortfall in candidates with over 110,000 vacancies 
across the healthcare market. As a result, pay rates are rising 
and clients are increasing incentives to attract candidates, 
focusing on developing distinctive employee brands, their 
eD&I strategies and their approach to climate change.

SUPPORTING OUR VIRTUOSO CULTURE
We continued to invest in enabling our Virtuosos, focusing on 
their wellbeing, personal development and ways of working. 
Career paths were introduced to provide our people with 
advice and guidance on the skills and experience required to 
progress their careers.

We offered blended working to retain the benefits of working 
from home and bring back the collaboration that we enjoy 
working together in the office. Tate, in particular moved to 
a more virtual way of working broadening their geographic 
coverage from a smaller number of offices, building on their 
existing service delivery hub model. 

Page_22

STRATEGIC REPORT | CoRPoRATe GoVeRnAnCe | FInAnCIAL sTATemenTs

PORTFOLIO REVIEW
GMS
Our managed services business delivered an 8.7%* increase 
in gross profit, benefiting from the upselling opportunities 
created by the breadth of customers across the Impellam 
portfolio in the UK and winning new contracts with existing 
clients of other brands. For example, extensive collaboration 
with our sTem businesses delivered new contract wins: Blue 
Arrow introduced Guidant Global to Capita; and Comensura 
and Guidant Global worked in partnership to deliver a large-
scale intake and screening programme for The British Council 
and secured the management of Bristol Council’s statement 
of Work (‘SOW’) requirement which will reap benefits in 2022. 

In the UK & europe, 2021 was a pivotal year for our soW 
c.net module and offering. We now have circa 120 projects 
managed through 20 customers globally. Comensura 
celebrated its 20th anniversary by breaking all revenue and 
retention records, with our teams retaining 26 customers and 
protecting over £3m in gross profit. 

The strong recovery of revenue in Ireland was driven by an 
innovative turnkey solution for a start-up business, providing 
people, property and technology, underpinned by several  
new contracts. 

STEM
To take advantage of the attractive potential for sTem in 
the UK & Europe, we brought our scientific, technology and 
engineering brands - sRG, Lorien and Carbon60 together 
under single leadership to deliver sTem talent at scale. 
Combining our market-leading scientific, technology and 
engineering brands into one operating segment (sTem 
Portfolio) has yielded strong results in its first full year 
of operations. It was pleasing to see record revenue and 
gross profit growth in our STEM brands with cross-sell and 
collaboration with the Group driving £55.8m in gross profit.

This focus has already yielded fruit with significant wins such 
as our engineering experience leading to a technical MSP 
with Tilbury Douglas, a leading UK building, engineering 
and infrastructure company, and Lorien’s financial services 
pedigree securing a new contract with one of the UK’s largest 
long-term savings and retirement businesses. Lorien also 
secured seven specialist msP wins and 78 new customers 
across their specialist markets team. A focus on RPo solutions, 
as customers turned their minds to permanent hiring, resulted 
in Lorien winning Apsco RPo of The Year, the Client services 
award at the Tiaras and the RPo In-house Recruitment Team  
at the In-house Recruitment Awards. 

SRG’s market-leading scientific division supported many private 
and public sector organisations with the rapid recruitment 
of PCR scientists, recruiting over 1,200 scientists to support 
Covid-19 testing in less than 12 months and undertaking all the 
compliance and regulatory requirements. The demand for soW 
contracts continues to grow, particularly for sRG’s laboratory 
services division (synergy) who partnered with Cignpost, a 
diagnostic testing company to mobilise 350 scientists.

In order to respond with speed and agility to large shifts in 
customer demand, we invested in developing our people 
and building on our specialist sector capability by setting 
up a Training Academy to upskill our recruiters with the 
specific skills and knowledge they need to serve high-growth, 
specialist markets.

* Calculated by multiplying the prior year functional currency amount by the current year foreign currency exchange rate.

Page_23

ImPeLLAm GRoUP PLC_AnnUAL RePoRT AnD ACCoUnTs_2021

STRATEGIC REPORT

Performance reviews continued

RSS
our portfolio evolved further as we focused on creating 
stronger brands and a more streamlined organisation. We 
strengthened our education business, bringing Celsian under 
the Career Teachers brand, with integrated vetting and 
compliance functions and a new updated CRm system. A 
significant new contract with the Harris Federation saw Career 
Teachers become one of three lead suppliers to 50 schools 
in the south east, securing a three-year contract. In addition, 
we secured a managed service contract with the University of 
Southampton for all contingent staffing. 

HEALTHCARE
our ability to collaborate across our brands enabled us to 
fulfil requirements at pace as we supported the national 
testing and vaccination programme. This enabled mGG to 
provide over 2,000 staff to fulfil our exclusive managed service 
contract awarded by the Department of Health and social Care 
in December 2020 to support the national Covid-19 testing 
programme. We also supported the nHs via the vaccination 
programme for Buckinghamshire, Oxfordshire and Berkshire 
health authorities, where we have delivered three million 
vaccinations to date. 

Covid-19 staffing for our public sector clients was a key focus 
for Blue Arrow in 2021, with strong growth across our scotGov 
and CCS frameworks for supporting 84 government and NHS 
organisations across england, scotland and Wales. supply of 
staff to our seven UK University clients was also a key focus 
throughout 2021, where we saw a 15% increase in revenues 
through our Higher education frameworks for catering, 
administration and facilities support staff. 

We moved into Phase two of the Blue Arrow transformation 
programme, with a focus on creating efficiencies by operating 
physical and virtual offices and centralising support for key 
accounts through the Customer success Hub. set up in 2020, 
this initiative enhanced our delivery to key national accounts, 
reducing duplication across branches and enabling our Virtuosos 
to concentrate on their local markets and higher margin clients. 
In Phase two we moved more clients into the hub, adding to 
the 20 industrial and warehousing clients transferred in 2020. 
new customers included Hovis and Tesco where the provision of 
pre-Christmas resources has already extended into warehousing 
and distribution in some regions.

Rising demand for the services provided under our Tate brand 
including our new marketing, HR and finance staffing, meant 
that adjusted operating profitΔ more than doubled year on 
year as a result.

Our clinical expertise is underpinning the provision of an 
innovative insourcing service for University Hospital Leicester, 
where we are supplying an end-to-end service, delivered on 
the hospital premises, to help the nHs reduce its long waiting 
lists for elective procedures. A second similar contract has 
already been signed and is now live and this insourcing service 
offering will be a key driver of growth for 2022 for MGG. 

Doctors on Call was merged into our Global medics UK 
business, simplifying our operating structure. We are already 
the biggest supplier of locum doctors to the nHs and Hse and 
with demand for healthcare professionals outstripping supply 
in the UK our international placements division recruited over 
1,100 overseas nurses in 2021 and have a pipeline in place to 
deliver more in 2022. We also added significant Staff Bank/MSP 
contracts to our portfolio at Cardiff & Vale, Central London 
Community Healthcare, Bristol & Weston and Cheshire & Wirral. 

LOOKING FORWARD
Whilst we anticipate Covid-19-related revenue will reduce 
going forward, the extension of our major vaccination 
programme combined with the shortage of healthcare 
professionals, particularly the huge number of nursing 
vacancies, and the return of the catering market, will continue 
to drive demand in the UK. We expect our STEM and GMS 
businesses to go from strength to strength as we respond 
to talent scarcity across these disciplines and benefit from 
customer wins and expansion through 2022. Collaboration 
across our brands has yielded positive results this year and we 
see this as key to building our customer base in the year ahead.

Page_24

Asia Pacific 

The Asia Pacific region currently generates 
6% of Impellam’s global gross profit, largely 
from the Healthcare market in Australia and 
New Zealand through Medacs Global Group 
(‘MGG’) and the Guidant Global, Comensura 
and Flexy brands (‘GMS’).

OVERVIEW
Covid-19 continued to have a material impact on our staffing 
businesses across APAC due to frequent and prolonged 
lockdowns in states and territories across Australia and in new 
Zealand. Border restrictions limited candidate availability as 
doctors were unable to travel either inbound from overseas 
or internally as domestic borders closed. Demand from 
healthcare providers across Australia returned strongly in Q4 
2021 once lockdown restrictions lifted in new south Wales 
and Victoria. Public sector revenue also began to recover. one 
of Impellam’s largest global msP contracts was signed with 
a global mining organisation, creating an important foothold 
in the private sector alongside two additional new managed 
services wins.

STRATEGIC REPORT | CoRPoRATe GoVeRnAnCe | FInAnCIAL sTATemenTs

FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
The region recorded a solid performance with revenue of 
£64.7m and gross profit of £18.0m both ahead of the previous 
year, with the decline in healthcare revenues mitigated by 
more resilient trading in managed services including the 
provision of Covid-19 tracers and vaccine administrators. 
This contributed to an 22.2% (19.9%*) increase in adjusted 
operating profitΔ to £2.2m. Positive trading for the first 12 
months of the Flexy digital marketplace, the recovery of 
healthcare demand and initial revenues from the new private 
sector contracts bode well for a return to growth in the new 
financial year.

APAC

Revenue

Gross profit

2021
£m

64.7

18.0

2020
£m

59.9

16.9

% change
LFL*

5.9%

4.9%

Admin expenses

(15.8)

(15.1)

1.9%

Adjusted operating 
profitΔ

2.2

1.8

19.9%

Gross profit %

27.8%

28.2%

Adjusted operating profitΔ 
conversion ration %

12.2%

10.7%

Permanent fees %

8.2%

9.0%

£64.7m 

Revenue for APAC in 2021.

* Calculated by multiplying the prior year functional currency amount by the current year foreign currency exchange rate.

Page_25

ImPeLLAm GRoUP PLC_AnnUAL RePoRT AnD ACCoUnTs_2021

STRATEGIC REPORT

Performance reviews continued

MARKET DYNAMICS
Border controls and falling net migration into Australia have 
led to a fall in worker population, creating candidate shortages 
that are being exacerbated as customer demand recovers.  
This is putting pressure on client budgets requiring new  
ways of working enabled via technology and greater appetite 
for digitalisation.

Candidates are now demanding more and some of our 
customers are increasing supplier margin to attract suppliers 
to work with them. The talent crunch is most pronounced in 
the medical profession with demand outstripping supply.

SUPPORTING OUR VIRTUOSO CULTURE
Investment in technology is key to freeing up our Virtuosos 
to spend more time on client relationships. our proprietary 
systems such as c.net and evo provide enhanced digital 
platforms to enable this. We continue to focus on training and 
development, introducing feedback and coaching sessions for 
our Comensura teams and performance enhancement training 
for our Global medics team leaders. 

“ ONE OF IMPELLAM’S 
LARGEST GLOBAL 
MSP CONTRACTS 
WAS SIGNED WITH 
A GLOBAL MINING 
ORGANISATION, 
CREATING AN 
IMPORTANT 
FOOTHOLD IN THE 
PRIVATE SECTOR 
ALONGSIDE TWO 
ADDITIONAL NEW 
MANAGED SERVICES 
WINS.”

Page_26

STRATEGIC REPORT | CoRPoRATe GoVeRnAnCe | FInAnCIAL sTATemenTs

PORTFOLIO REVIEW
GMS
By diversifying into the private sector, we have started to 
expand our portfolio which in turn will increase our resilience 
going forward. This was spearheaded by the substantial  
global msP contract with a mining organisation to provide 
1,000 staff across all functions internationally, with a further 
managed services new business win with a large Australian 
chemical company.

HEALTHCARE
In Australia, Global medics is focused on transformation to 
equip the business with the resources and tools to prepare for 
future developments in the Australian medical recruitment 
market. During the year we brought together medacs nursing 
and medacs Allied Health to create medacs Australia. This has 
provided mGG with greater synergies and removed barriers to 
providing our customers with access to the skills and talents 
they need to deliver critical services. 

This builds on our traditional, well-established public sector 
business where we have retained and developed our clients, 
for example, retaining 100% of our customer base at 
Comensura, including adding a returning client lost in 2020. In 
November 2021, we went live with the expanded New South 
Wales (‘nsW’) Communities and Justice Cluster which saw 
our revenue from this existing customer double to cover the 
supply of 950 staff, and an extension of our services to include 
our first SOW contract.

Significant contract extensions include a four-year managed 
services contract with the Australian Capital Territory (‘ACT’) 
Government which now has the scope to expand into a SOW 
agreement during the extension period and a similar four-year 
extension with icare for NSW, the largest public sector insurer 
in Australia, which has now come under the umbrella of our 
nsW framework agreement.

Extending our digital platform included the successful launch 
of Flexy in 2020. In its first full year of trading in 2021, it closed 
the year with 31 local councils connected directly to good 
quality candidates in a digital marketplace, supplemented by a 
digital payroll service that has already been extended into four 
msP clients in the region and the UK.

our most recent signing, Gidgee Healing - an Aboriginal 
medical service in Queensland - provides an opportunity  
for us to work with the local indigenous community for the 
first time. Collaboration between our Global Medics and 
medacs Healthcare brands will supply doctors, nurses, and 
healthcare professionals for remote communities in north 
West Queensland.

LOOKING FORWARD
We anticipate a return to growth in our healthcare businesses 
as new Zealand opens up after a prolonged period of 
lockdown and Australian travel restrictions diminish. The 
strong drive to automate and deliver efficiency will increase 
demand for contingent labour in the public sector and we 
expect our revenue in NSW to increase. The private contracts 
secured in 2021 H2 will provide a springboard into expanding 
our presence in this sector, building a more resilient business 
in the region.

* Calculated by multiplying the prior year functional currency amount by the current year foreign currency exchange rate.

Page_27

ImPeLLAm GRoUP PLC_AnnUAL RePoRT AnD ACCoUnTs_2021

STRATEGIC REPORT

Chief Financial Officer’s review

A strong financial 
recovery

Tim Briant
Chief Financial Officer

INTRODUCTION
Revenue for the year was up 13.1% (14.7%*) and gross 
profit increased by 17.1% (19.5%*), reflecting the improved 
economic conditions that followed the impact of the Covid-19 
pandemic in 2020 and the rising demand for temporary and 
permanent staff across our regions and segments in 2021.  
The recovery has been strong and improved throughout 2021, 
with gross profit in the second half of 2021 6.5%* above the 
same period in 2019, and the final quarter of 2021 11.3%* 
above the final quarter of 2019. 

To support the growth, we invested in customer-facing staff 
adding 282 to our headcount in the second half of 2021. 
Despite this, headcount at the end of 2021 remained 77 lower 
than at the end of 2019. Our staff productivity (gross profit 
divided by FTe heads) was higher than in previous years and 
this, together with cost reductions in other areas, including 
travel, property and facilities, meant that adjusted operating 
profitΔ increased by 61.0% to £29.3m (2020: £18.2m). On 
a constant exchange rate basis the adjusted operating 
profitΔ was 2.0% below 2019. With no required intangible 
asset impairment charges this year, the Group recorded an 
operating profit of £19.5m (2020: loss £15.0m) which also 
exceeded the £13.9m reported in 2019.

The difference between adjusted operating profitΔ and 
operating profit is reconciled on page 120 and relates to the 
amortisation of acquired intangibles. 

GOVERNMENT SUPPORT
The Group received £0.4m of rates relief in the final quarter 
of 2020/21 and continued to administer the Job Retention 
Scheme (‘JRS’) for a small number of temporary staff we 
provide to clients. The net effect of these programmes on 
our gross profit and cost of sales was not material as these 
programmes were used to compensate the temporary 
staff affected. It allowed us to maintain these temporary 
colleagues on our payroll without charging these to clients and 
preventing the ending of their contracts.

* Calculated by multiplying the prior year functional currency amount by the current year foreign currency exchange rate.

Page_28

STRATEGIC REPORT | CoRPoRATe GoVeRnAnCe | FInAnCIAL sTATemenTs

OPERATING PROFIT TO NET CASH GENERATED 2021_£m

7.0

(1.7)

49.1

(38.9)

7.0

17.3

19.5

Operating
profit

Non-cash

IFRS 16
non-cash

Working 
capital

Tax paid

10.2

Government 
support

Net cash 
generated

Net cash
generated
excluding
support
repayment

*  Calculated by multiplying the prior year functional currency amount 

by the current year foreign currency exchange rate.

NET CASH GENERATED FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

£10.2m

(2020: £94.5m)

MOVEMENT IN NET DEBTΔ (BEFORE IFRS 16)_£m

75
75

60

45

30

15

0

£72.3m

£48.0m government support received in 2020
£38.9m government support repaid in 2021

£4.1m

£15.0m

2021
*  Calculated by multiplying the prior year functional currency amount 

2019

2020

by the current year foreign currency exchange rate.

NET DEBT BEFORE IFRS 16Δ 

£15.0m

(2020: £4.1m)

For more information
Glossary: page_122

Page_29

From a cash flow perspective, the Group repaid £33.1m of the 
VAT payments deferred from 2020, leaving £3.3m to be repaid 
in the first quarter of 2022. In the US, the first instalment of 
$8m (£5.8m) of federal tax deferred under the CARES initiative 
was repaid, with the second instalment due in December 2022. 

FOREIGN EXCHANGE
Currency movements against sterling adversely impacted our 
reported performance, largely due to the strengthening of 
sterling against the Us Dollar. over the course of the year to 
December 2021, the total impact of exchange movements 
on gross profit and adjusted operating profitΔ were £4.9m 
adverse and £1.3m adverse, respectively. Fluctuations in 
the rates of the Group’s key operating currencies versus 
sterling continue to represent a sensitivity for the reported 
performance of our business. By way of illustration, each 1 
cent movement in annual exchange rates of the US Dollar 
impacts gross profit by £0.6m per annum and adjusted 
operating profitΔ by £0.1m per annum. The rate of exchange 
between the Us Dollar and sterling over the year ended 31 
December 2021 averaged US$1.3757 (2020: US$1.2840) 
and closed at US$1.3536 (2020: US$ 1.3494). As the Group 
expands further in overseas territories the impact of changes 
in exchange rates will be greater. 

CAPITAL INVESTMENT
Capital expenditure on tangible and intangible fixed assets 
in the period was £5.8m (2020: £3.5m), as we recommenced 
investment in our core systems to further digitalise the 
business, following a freeze on non- essential capital 
expenditure in 2020. In 2021 our core systems project involved 
moving away from on-premises servers to the cloud, which 
also allowed us to exit an on-premises back up site. In addition, 
we began our digital programmes to deliver new front office, 
bill and pay systems, as well as global finance and HR systems, 
scheduled for full implementation in 2022. We also continued 
investment in our proprietary vendor management systems 
(‘VMS’) and the development of our digital platform, Flexy, 
which was deployed in Australia. The net repayment of finance 
leases amounted to £7.2m (2020: £8.3m).

ImPeLLAm GRoUP PLC_AnnUAL RePoRT AnD ACCoUnTs_2021

STRATEGIC REPORT

Chief Financial Officer’s review continued

INTEREST AND DEBT
net cash generated from operations during the period 
was £10.2m (2020: £94.5m). In 2020, cash generated from 
operations benefited from £48.0m of deferred tax payments 
and £38.9m of these were repaid in 2021. Excluding the 
impact of these tax deferrals, cash generated from operations 
was £49.1m (2020: £46.5m). Excluding deferred taxes, the 
conversion of adjusted operating profitΔ to net cash generated 
is 167.6% (2020: 256%). Cash generation from operations 
was further supported by an improvement in Days sales 
Outstanding (‘DSO’) which stood at 35.4 days (2020: 37.1 days) 
at the end of 2021. 

Finance expenses were lower than the prior year at £4.3m 
(2020: £5.7m). Lease interest was lower at £0.6m (2020: 
£0.8m) and interest cost on financing facilities fell to £3.5m 
(2020: £4.6m) as a result of reduced borrowings through 
the year. At the balance sheet date net debtΔ, excluding the 
adjustments for IFRS 16, was £15.0m compared to £4.1m in 
2020, an increase of £10.9m. From the end of 2019, net debtΔ 
has reduced by £57.3m (a £49.7m reduction when excluding 
the remaining deferred tax repayments). Including IFRS 16 
adjustments net debtΔ was £31.5m (2020: £26.3m). In addition 
to the positive operating cash generation reducing the 
underlying net debtΔ, we have continued to actively manage 
our property portfolio with a net reduction in our lease liability 
of £7.2m from 2020. The net cash flow from operations was 
primarily utilised as follows:

Investment in fixed assets and software development: £5.8m

• 
•  Net lease repayment: £7.2m
•  Share buybacks: £1.9m
•  Net interest paid on borrowings and leases: £3.9m.

The Group’s operations are financed by retained earnings and 
bank borrowings. With the benefits of the strong operational 
cash flow the Group replaced the existing £240m global 
revolving credit facility (‘RCF’) with a new facility agreement in 
December 2021. This £182.5m RCF has an accordion element 
of an additional £40m which is available for three years with 
options to extend for a further two years. The new facility also 
includes the appropriate replacements required following the 
end of LIBOR. This provides the Group with the flexibility to 
fund its working capital as well as future potential acquisitions. 
Rates of interest for the RCF are based on SOFRA/SONIA plus 
a margin calculated on the net debtΔ to adjusted EBITDAΔ 
leverage. The RCF also includes a letter of credit facility which 
amounted to £3.0m (2020: £3.2m) at the end of 2021. 

The Group takes advantage of a number of nonrecourse 
supplier finance arrangements organised by clients of the 
Group to allow for the acceleration of payment of the Group’s 
receivables. At the end of 2021, these amounted to £8.2m 
received for invoices not yet due for payment (2020: £6.3m). 

These agreements accrue interest at between 0.65% and 
1.75% over sonIA applied to the number of days the 
drawdown takes place before the due date. During 2021,  
the Group paid less than £0.1m in other interest (2020: less 
than £0.1m).

A significant priority for the Group remains the focus on the 
conversion of operating profit into sustained positive cash 
flow by controlling working capital. The Group measures 
three covenants as required by the facility – interest cover, 
adjusted leverage ratio (defined as net debtΔ less loan notes 
and restricted cash to adjusted EBITDAΔ) and debtor cover. 
All covenants were met during the year. Borrowing levels are 
controlled by the Group Finance department, which manages 
treasury risk in accordance with policies set by the Board. 

The Group’s financial liabilities are denominated primarily in 
Sterling. Exposure to currency risk at a transactional level is 
generally minimal, with most transactions being carried out in 
local currency.

TAXATION
The tax charge in the period of £7.1m (2020: £1.0m) 
represents an effective tax rate of 45.8% (2020: -4.9%) and 
arises on the Group’s activities in the UK and overseas. The 
higher effective tax rate is driven by non-deductible expenses 
and remeasuring and recognising deferred tax in the UK at 
25%. Finance Act 2021 increases the UK corporation tax rate 
from 19% to 25% effective 1 April 2023 for companies with 
profits in excess of £0.25m. Under IAS 12, deferred tax assets 
and liabilities should be measured at the tax rates that are 
expected to apply to the period when the asset is realised or 
the liability is settled. 

The Group’s contribution to the UK Treasury in the period 
amounted to £331.9m (2020: £212.3m) and consisted of 
VAT, income tax, national insurance and corporation tax. Of 
this amount, employer’s national insurance, apprenticeship 
levy, irrecoverable VAT and corporation tax totalling £37.7m 
(2020: £24.5m) was a cost to the business. 

EARNINGS PER SHARE
Continuing basic earnings per share increased to 18.3p (2020: 
Loss (46.2)p) as underlying profit after tax from continuing 
operations increased by £29.7m.

The weighted average number of shares in 2021 was 45.5m, 
0.7m lower than 2020 due to the ongoing share buyback 
programme. Continuing adjusted earnings per share 
increased to 35.3p (2020: 18.2p) and reflects the underlying 
performance of the business, excluding impairment and 
amortisation of acquired intangibles and their respective 
taxation impact.

Page_30

 
STRATEGIC REPORT | CoRPoRATe GoVeRnAnCe | FInAnCIAL sTATemenTs

CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
The Group’s capital base (note 27) is primarily used to finance 
its working capital requirement, the key component of which is 
trade receivables. Trade receivables in the staffing and support 
services sectors are managed according to a range of Dso 
targets. Terms of trade are monitored, and the approval of 
extended payment terms requires senior finance involvement. 
In some of the Group’s managed services businesses, the 
amounts payable to third party suppliers are not due until 
shortly after the receipt of the client receivable. As noted 
above, the Group has committed facilities that ensure there 
is sufficient liquidity to meet ongoing business requirements. 
The primary objectives of the Group’s capital management 
are to ensure that it maintains a good credit rating in order 
to support its business, maximise shareholder value and to 
safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern.

GOING CONCERN
After making appropriate enquiries, the Directors have a 
reasonable expectation that the Company and the Group 
have adequate resources to continue in operational existence 
for the foreseeable future. In coming to their conclusion, 
the Directors have considered the Group’s profit and cash 
flow plans for the coming period. The amount of borrowing 
required to fund the Group’s activities is determined based 
on these projections, together with expected returns to 
shareholders and planned capital expenditure. This is then 
compared to the bank lending facilities currently committed 
and expected to be available to the Group.

Also considered is the projection of compliance with the 
financial covenants implied by these plans. In addition, these 
figures are tested for sensitivity to possible changes to the 
economic environments in which the Group operates. The 
Group has no operations in Ukraine or surrounding regions 
and therefore there is no direct impact on the Group’s trading. 
However, any indirect impact, such as a worsening in economic 
conditions, would represent such a sensitivity.

The impact on Group liquidity and covenants of each of these 
sensitivities is then evaluated together with the likelihood of 
each of these occurring either individually or in combination.
on a regular basis, and at least quarterly, the Board reviews 
updated projections of future borrowing requirements, facility 
usage and resulting headroom, together with projected 
covenant compliance; these are based upon the latest actual 
results and borrowing position supplemented by regularly 
updated profit forecasts. Based on the above, the Directors 
consider it appropriate to continue to adopt the going concern 
basis in preparing the financial statements.

DIVIDENDS AND SHARE BUYBACK
In January 2021, the Board announced a reduced share 
buyback programme, to purchase ordinary shares in the 
Company up to an aggregate market value of £0.5m per 
calendar month until the next AGM which was held in June 
2021. Under this programme, 466,753 shares were purchased 
at a total value of £1.3m.

An updated programme was approved at the AGm authorising 
the Board to purchase up to a maximum of 4,560,363 shares, 
representing 10% of the issued ordinary share capital of the 
Company (as at 17 may 2021) until the earliest of the 2022 
AGM or 30 June 2022. Under this programme, 141,849 shares 
were purchased during the period at a total value of £0.6m. No 
dividend has been paid or is proposed for the year (2020: £nil).

INSURANCE
The Group maintains a comprehensive insurance programme 
with several reputable third party underwriters. Insurance 
is brokered at a Group level. The Group’s insurance policies 
are reviewed and updated annually to ensure that there is 
adequate cover for insurable risks and that the terms of those 
policies are optimised.

OUTLOOK
2021 has seen a significant recovery in trading in our regions 
and segments from the sharp declines experienced in 2020. 
We maintained our focus on cost management whilst making 
investments in revenue-generating headcount to drive further 
growth in 2022. Operational cash flow was strong with 
further improvements in Dso which enabled an underlying 
reduction in borrowings and facility levels. This provides a 
strong liquidity position for 2022. The strategic disposal of 
Corestaff in February 2022 and the cash received will further 
bolster this position. Trading as we exited 2021 was above pre-
pandemic levels and this has continued in the first few months 
of 2022. Investments in our core systems and the subsequent 
deployment will also enable our teams to deliver further 
productivity gains.

We started 2022 positively, whilst being mindful of possible 
economic headwinds, government fiscal easing, tax increases, 
inflationary pressure, potential interest rises, as well as acute 
talent shortages, these have now been overshadowed by the 
events in Ukraine and the resulting political and economic 
instability. Though we do not trade within the affected region, 
the global economic impacts and knock-on effect to our 
markets at this time is uncertain.

Page_31

ImPeLLAm GRoUP PLC_AnnUAL RePoRT AnD ACCoUnTs_2021

STRATEGIC REPORT

Principal risks

We recognise that effective risk management is fundamental to delivery of the Group’s strategic objectives. Each business 
segment considers strategic, operational and financial risks on a regular basis, evaluates existing controls and identifies further 
actions required to mitigate risks. Risks that are considered significant at Group level are set out below.

THREAT

MITIGATION

STATUS

STRATEGIC RISKS

ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

Global and regional economic conditions can be affected by numerous 
factors, including political change or unrest, pandemic disease and 
weather events.

There continues to be economic uncertainty in most nations due to the 
Covid-19 pandemic and Ukrainian conflict which is clearly a significant 
risk to our ability to maintain and grow gross profit, either through 
reduced requirements for temporary staff, by discouraging clients to 
hire permanent staff, or by encouraging clients to adopt lower cost 
delivery options.

As a result of the pandemic and the conflict in Ukraine, we are now 
seeing rising inflation and interest rates which will cause more 
uncertainty for clients and candidates.

POLITICAL ENVIRONMENT

During the pandemic regional governments applied varying financial 
stimuli. Countries are now reducing these through fiscal easing and tax 
rises (for example, the NI increase in the UK from April 2022).

There is also increased political uncertainty in eastern europe, 
particularly with the current conflict in Ukraine which could have wider 
consequences for Western europe.

In the public sector, ongoing financial constraints may limit growth 
and/or create pressure on margins on existing business.

Geographical diversity and the Group’s mixed portfolio 
of Managed Services and Specialist Staffing businesses 
mitigate the potential impacts of economic changes in 
specific regions. Risk is further mitigated by the 
diversity of sectors in which the Group’s clients operate 
and close management of operating costs across all 
brands and functions.

The diversity and mixed portfolio of the Group has also 
supported resilient performance during the Covid-19 
pandemic. some of our clients and sectors have been 
able to operate relatively unaffected whilst others had 
to close during lockdown periods.

Wage inflation will be incorporated into our billing 
rates, pricing strategy and governance where it is not 
already included in the contract.

We have completed our refinancing to December 2024. 
This provides a level of fixed interest rate costs over  
this period.

management continues to monitor the situation and 
client contracts allow all state-related pay increases to 
be charged on.

The Group continues to monitor political-related 
exposures and developments, and communicate with 
clients, employed staff and candidates where 
applicable. The Group has no operations in Ukraine or 
surrounding regions so there is no direct impact on our 
trading at this time.

Though there may be contraction in some public 
spending, areas such as Health are expected to increase. 
our diverse portfolio allows us to pivot our services to 
support public sector demands. 

ATTRACTING AND RETAINING TALENT

Any constraints on the Group’s ability to attract and retain key talent  
in an increasingly competitive market could result in loss or weakening 
of client relationships, lack of appropriate leadership and/or erosion  
of the Group’s talent base, impacting achievement of financial and 
other objectives.

Wage inflation is increasing for both colleagues and candidates and we 
must ensure the business operates in line with market expectations.

Planned business transformation initiatives will create a need for new 
skill sets in the Group in the medium term. Factors such as Brexit and 
changes to UK immigration rules may impact on the availability of 
talent more generally. In addition, the impact of Covid-19 on travel has 
restricted the movement of overseas workers creating shortages in 
some markets.

In 2021, to support investment in our people, we 
developed an ambitious three-year People strategy. 
Significant leadership appointments were made in the 
areas of culture, equity, diversity and inclusion (‘eD&I’), 
talent acquisition and development and reward  
and recognition.

The Group’s high-retention business model ensures that 
brands and central functions are focused on talent 
management and development, performance review 
and succession planning.

Leadership development programmes are in place and 
the Group’s culture of Virtuosity encourages talent 
development and progression.

The Group’s eD&I policy is outlined on page 39. 

H  

m  

m 

Page_32

 
STRATEGIC REPORT | CoRPoRATe GoVeRnAnCe | FInAnCIAL sTATemenTs

Risk trend

H: High risk
m: medium risk
L: Low risk

 Increased compared to 2020

 stable compared to 2020

 Decreased compared to 2020

THREAT

MITIGATION

CUSTOMER CONCENTRATION

General decline in a particular industry sector, loss of a key customer or 
a significant reduction in business volume on a key account could result 
in reduced revenue and/or increased pressure on gross profit. The 
Covid-19 pandemic has created significant economic uncertainty for 
our clients.

management review market conditions and sales and 
account management pipelines on an ongoing basis. 
‘Top customer’ reporting includes analysis by sector and 
geography, highlighting any emerging exposures.

management also hold regular meetings with key 
customers to discuss sales pipelines, current service 
performance and opportunities to add new service lines 
or extend existing services. All clients are vetted and 
credit checked prior to trading, and we hold credit 
insurance across the Group.

DELIVERY OF STRATEGIC PROJECTS

The Group is committed to investing in a range of strategic 
transformation projects that will drive revenue growth and/or improve 
operational efficiency. Failure to operate rigorous control and 
oversight of such projects may result in returns on such investment 
being lower than expected.

Strategic projects, each owned by a senior
leader directly accountable to the Group Ceo, are 
managed using a promise management platform 
(mosaic).

A Group Pmo oversees and governs our
key strategic projects. An assurance
programme reports to the Audit Committee
to ensure delivery of our IT Roadmap.

DISRUPTIVE TECHNOLOGY

Use of digital technologies in the recruitment market is expanding 
rapidly and disrupting ‘traditional’ people-based processes. This trend 
is expected to accelerate as new technologies are developed and 
enable new ways of working.

The relevance of relationships between candidates, clients and 
recruitment agencies is declining and any failure by the Group to adapt its 
business model appropriately could lead to competitive disadvantage.

The Group actively monitors and assesses emerging 
technologies through both IT and origin, our innovation 
hub. The origin team works closely with the Virtuoso 
Alliance, IT and across regions. origin runs pilots and 
experiments and partners with new service providers. 
now under single, global leadership, Digital & 
Innovation brings together our customer-facing 
technology solutions under one compelling proposition. 
We continue to invest in proprietary technology and 
third party partnerships.

The Group began implementing the strategic IT 
Roadmap during 2021, with key deliverables due in 2022. 
The ‘Digital Core’ is a substantive rolling replacement for 
all of our sales, operational and finance systems. 

We completed the first phase of this programme during 
2021, with initial deployment to business users in Q4, to 
be followed by a roll-out programme leading to 
substantial completion by the end of 2022. We also 
moved many of our existing systems to the cloud and 
exited a large on-premises data centre saving property 
and technology costs.

STATUS

H  

m

m  

Page_33

ImPeLLAm GRoUP PLC_AnnUAL RePoRT AnD ACCoUnTs_2021

STRATEGIC REPORT

Principal risks continued

THREAT

MITIGATION

STATUS

OPERATIONAL RISKS

TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS

The Group is reliant on many different technology systems that may 
have limited useful life in a fast-changing business environment. The 
legacy nature of some systems may also hinder optimisation of 
end-to-end business processes.

systems may also be vulnerable to factors beyond the Group’s control, 
e.g. power failures or internet connectivity outages.

The Group has a stable systems infrastructure and an 
ongoing IT investment programme. Core systems are 
replicated across two geographically separate data 
centres and regular monitoring of systems performance 
is undertaken.

In 2021 the Group also introduced an IT Governance 
process.

H  

CYBER AND INFORMATION SECURITY

The risk of external cyber-attacks continues to increase. A successful 
attack could result in loss of sensitive data, business disruption and/or 
damage to the Group’s reputation.

The ongoing political situation in eastern europe has increased this risk 
to nATo member countries.

A programme to enhance security of the Group’s 
systems against cyber-attack has been implemented. 
Ongoing monitoring is in place and regular exercises  
are undertaken. A cyber-security upgrade is under way 
and Cyber Essentials Plus certification was achieved in 
2021. The Group is already Iso 27001 and Cyber 
essentials accredited.

GDPR was implemented across the relevant
parts of the Group in 2018 and annual training courses 
have to be completed by all staff to ensure compliance 
with GDPR and cyber policies.

BUSINESS CONTINUITY

A major disruptive event, such as a fire, severe weather or the current 
Covid-19 pandemic affecting one or more of the Group’s operating 
locations, could lead to loss of business and/or adverse impacts on

staff and assets.
The current focus on Covid-19 means attention is diverted from other 
potential business critical risks.

Comprehensive systems and operational business 
continuity plans are in place and tested on a regular 
basis. These are updated at least annually.

Following the Covid-19 pandemic, the Group has had 
two years of working in a hybrid remote environment 
which has demonstrated the resilience of the business 
and ability to implement its business continuity plans.

H 

m 

SERVICE AND CONTRACTUAL COMPLEXITY

In certain markets, the Group’s clients are becoming increasingly 
sophisticated in their procurement and buying activity. 

Competitive tendering activity and commercial contracts are 
becoming increasingly complex, with longer lead times in decision 
making. This necessitates constant development of the Group’s service 
offer, the sophistication of our selling activities and the management 
of tendering processes. 

Complexity and changing client requirements also present challenges 
around measuring and monitoring service delivery and compliance 
with contract sLAs.

The Group has a standardised contract review process in 
place involving operational, commercial and legal 
oversight. 

H  

The Group also continues to invest in specialist resource 
to support business development, implementation and 
service delivery activities.

Page_34

 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT | CoRPoRATe GoVeRnAnCe | FInAnCIAL sTATemenTs

Risk trend

H: High risk
m: medium risk
L: Low risk

 Increased compared to 2020

 stable compared to 2020

 Decreased compared to 2020

THREAT

MITIGATION

STATUS

REGULATORY, COMPLIANCE AND FINANCIAL RISKS

REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT

Regulatory changes can lead to increased costs and workload, 
particularly where they relate to candidates’ rights, eligibility to work 
or corporate reporting, e.g. payment practices, diversity.

The extension of Off Payroll Working regulations to the private sector 
in the UK in April 2021 has caused some short-term disruption as both 
clients and contractors adapted.

Expansion into new geographies in support of clients’ needs brings 
exposure to unfamiliar regulatory environments.

Legal, Finance and Compliance functions at both Group 
and brand levels monitor risks and compliance, taking 
appropriate action where necessary.

m  

Appropriate policies and codes of conduct are in place 
across the Group and regular training is provided  
to colleagues.

Process and system changes required to ensure 
effective management of Off Payroll Working changes 
have been identified and are being implemented.

External professional advice is sought where 
insufficient knowledge exists within the Group.

CASH AND LIQUIDITY MANAGEMENT

The Group has a central Treasury function in place with 
regular forecasting, reporting and review procedures.

m  

Poor cash and liquidity management may result in strain on the Group’s 
credit facilities and/or operational cash flow issues.

The Covid-19 pandemic has created significant economic  
uncertainty for our clients which could impact their ability to  
settle outstanding liabilities.

The Group also maintains a revolving credit facility with 
a syndicate of banks to provide additional flexibility in  
its funding arrangements. This was renewed at the end  
of 2021.

A Group Credit Policy sets out the policies and 
procedures that must be implemented across the Group 
to mitigate credit risk.

FINANCIAL CONTROL

A failure of financial control could lead to a material loss  
to the business.

m

The Group operates several shared services 
arrangements where transaction processing  
and management accounting are independent  
of operations.

A clearly defined schedule of delegated authority limits 
for various types of decisions and transactions is in 
place and appropriate segregation of duties is 
maintained in all finance processes.

Key business processes are subject to periodic internal 
audit review with clearly defined action plans 
established to address any control weaknesses.

Page_35

ImPeLLAm GRoUP PLC_AnnUAL RePoRT AnD ACCoUnTs_2021

STRATEGIC REPORT

Stakeholder engagement and our S172 statement 

INTRODUCTION
section 172 of the Companies Act 2006 requires Directors 
to take into consideration the interests of stakeholders and 
other matters in their decision-making. We believe we have a 
history of collaborative, informative stakeholder engagement, 
making decisions based on long-term success, and we maintain 
governance structures and processes that support good 
decision-making.

This section articulates how the Directors have acted to 
promote the success of the Group for the benefit of its 
stakeholders. In meeting this responsibility, the Directors have 
had regard, amongst other matters, to:

a.  the likely consequences of any decisions in the long term;
b.  the interests of the Group’s colleagues;
c.  the need to foster the Group’s business relationships with 

suppliers, customers and others;

d.  the impact of the Group’s operations on the community 

and environment;

e.  the Group’s reputation for high standards of business 

conduct; and

f.  the need to act fairly as between members of the Group.

STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
Impellam’s stakeholders are clients, candidates, colleagues, 
suppliers, investors and lenders and the Board recognises the 
need to regularly engage with its stakeholders as it makes 
decisions. We develop and encourage long-term relationships 
with our stakeholders based upon Impellam’s vision ‘to be 
the world’s most trusted staffing company – trusted by our 
people, our clients and our investors in equal measure’.

As part of this vision, our stakeholders’ interests are at the 
forefront when the Board of Directors set the strategic 
priorities of the Group. The strategic priorities: enabling 
our Virtuosos; Transforming our Portfolio; and Improving 
Resilience - include consideration of the key stakeholder 
groups and how we engage with them.

In addition to regular stakeholder engagement, as the 
Board of Directors, our intention is to take into account our 
operational impacts on the community and environment, 
and our wider societal responsibilities, in particular, how we 
impact the regions we serve. We support our communities 
by finding them good work, supporting local corporate social 
responsibility initiatives and ensuring our impact on the 
environment is minimal, as demonstrated by our ISO 14001 
accreditation.

PRINCIPAL DECISIONS IN 2021
The Board considered the interests of, and the impact on, all 
stakeholders when making a number of key decisions during 
the year, as demonstrated by the following examples.

REGIONAL COVID-19 LOCKDOWNS
During 2021, regional lockdowns continued in the UK (Q1) 
and APAC and we maintained operational capacity throughout 
these periods of remote working before reopening our 
offices safely. 

Stakeholder considerations:
Colleagues
We continued the processes implemented across the Group 
in 2020 to ensure our colleagues had the equipment and 
infrastructure required to work from home or in our offices.

We committed to supporting our colleagues where they need 
access to an office environment to work from, or the ability 
to interact in person with colleagues safely. As local guidance 
was released regarding opening of offices, we reviewed this 
in detail and assessed each office against these requirements 
and undertook the necessary steps to make them ‘Covid-19 
safe’. We then prioritised which offices could reopen and 
identified the colleagues who could use them.

Whenever the local guidance changed, immediate action 
was taken to ensure we were operating within the updated 
rules. We offered continued support to our colleagues who 
continued to work remotely.

Suppliers
our property team worked with our landlords where necessary 
to ensure each property was Covid-19 safe prior to reopening.

Clients, candidates, investors and lenders
By keeping our people safe in their working environment, we 
continue to meet client requirements, support our candidates 
and deliver effective business results throughout the pandemic.

Outcome
Our offices have opened safely where possible, enabling 
suitable working environments for those who cannot work 
remotely. We continue to review our property requirements 
and are actively reducing the number of properties in our 
portfolio.

BLENDED WORKING
Following the regional lockdowns due to Covid-19, the Group 
reviewed its policy on work locations and the positive impact 
of working from home.

Stakeholder considerations:
Colleagues
There have undoubtedly been operational, financial and 
environmental benefits from enabling our workforce to work 
remotely during the pandemic. However, our people also 
thrive on face-to-face interaction, building collaboration and 
rapport. In addition, some individuals have struggled from a 
wellbeing perspective throughout this time.

Page_36

STRATEGIC REPORT | CoRPoRATe GoVeRnAnCe | FInAnCIAL sTATemenTs

We undertook a number of colleague surveys to understand 
how people were coping as well as equipment and 
infrastructure requirements. This helped to understand how  
we could support our colleagues and develop longer-term plans 
in the interests of our colleagues, customers and candidates. 

SALE OF CORESTAFF
On the 24 January 2022 we announced the sale of Corestaff, 
our US-based Light Industrial brand to swipejobs Inc., a US 
private digital staffing business.

Stakeholder considerations:
Colleagues
By combining market-leading technology with the deep 
heritage and staffing know-how of the Corestaff teams, the 
transaction allows Corestaff to expand its service offering and 
reach in a highly competitive market.

Clients, candidates and suppliers
The transaction will give enhanced geographic reach to our 
clients, candidates and suppliers and continue to deliver 
effective services and results.

Investors and lenders
The proceeds of the sale will be used to pay down net debtΔ to 
fund additional investments, therefore returning value to our 
shareholders and managing our lender requirements.

Outcome
Due to the scale and limited geographic footprint of Corestaff 
in north America, we consider our colleagues and clients 
will benefit from enhanced geographic reach for their light 
industrial staffing requirements coupled with an accelerated 
digital transformation brought about by the sale.

Clients and candidates
We have ensured that by allowing blended working we 
continue to meet our clients’ and candidates’ requirements.

Investors and lenders
By ensuring our colleagues have the right blend, we 
have increased productivity and reviewed our property 
requirements, delivering both cost savings and gross profit 
growth. This will drive increased shareholder value and enable 
us to continue to meet our cash flow targets and manage our 
lender requirements accordingly.

Outcome
We have offered all colleagues the opportunity to adopt 
blended working, allowing them the flexibility of working from 
home, at clients’ sites and in our offices. 

CORE SYSTEMS
Following the decision in 2020 to accelerate the 
transformation work, the Board agreed to invest in IT core 
systems. This investment will update systems across the Group 
in both front and back-office applications.

Stakeholder considerations:
Colleagues
The main driver to improve the core systems is to free up 
our Virtuosos so they can spend more time with clients and 
candidates and deliver the Virtuoso operating model.

Clients, candidates and suppliers
The investment in core systems will ensure the Group is easier 
and quicker to deal with, generating efficiencies across the 
supply chain, candidate journey and ensuring our clients never 
have a reason to leave.

Investors and lenders
The investment in core systems will improve our digital 
infrastructure, enhance our security and improve our 
efficiency.

Outcome
The IT Core Systems project was launched in 2021 across the 
Group. Key go live dates start in Q1 2022, with a new pay/bill 
system for the UK STEM brands and the global finance system 
in APAC. 

Page_37

ImPeLLAm GRoUP PLC_AnnUAL RePoRT AnD ACCoUnTs_2021

STRATEGIC REPORT

Stakeholder engagement and our S172 statement continued 

STAKEHOLDER GROUP WHY THEY ARE IMPORTANT

HOW WE ENGAGE

Clients

Colleagues

Candidates

Suppliers

We work with our clients to find people for 
good work to help them build better 
businesses. We retain them, continuing to 
understand their evolving requirements.

We review client satisfaction and our 
performance either quarterly, biannually or 
annually. This is supported by feedback via 
face-to-face meetings, net Promoter scores 
and surveys.

our colleagues are fundamental to the 
delivery of our vision, mission, strategic and 
financial promises to our stakeholders.

our mechanisms for engaging with colleagues 
include: a shadow board, the Virtuoso Alliance, 
colleague councils across the Group, surveys, 
net Promoter scores and Best Companies’ 
surveys, and our communication and 
collaboration platform, Workplace, town hall 
meetings and our global newsletter, strategy 
in Action.

our mission as a business is to ‘provide a sense 
of purpose and fulfilment for our people to 
help our customers build better businesses in 
a changing world’ which includes the 
candidates we provide to our customers.

We engage with our candidates through 
face-to-face and virtual meetings and by using 
net Promoter scores, real-time feedback and 
surveys, via our websites and apps that digitise 
the job-seeking process.

We depend on a myriad of partners to meet 
our needs – whether they are supplying 
stationery or sourcing workers for our 
programmes. We place the highest 
expectations on our supply chain and, in turn, 
we treat them as real partners.

All suppliers are expected to abide by our 
supplier Code of Conduct. In 2020, we 
introduced audits of key suppliers not only to 
measure their progress against the Code of 
Conduct but also to give them coaching and 
guidance, where necessary, in achieving the 
standards we expect.

Investors and lenders

Access to capital through the capital markets 
and our lenders is important to the long-term 
success of our business.

The Board has regular meetings with our 
institutional investors and lenders to explain 
the Company’s strategy, progress and plans, 
and to share how we are addressing market 
challenges. Due to Covid-19, these meetings 
have continued through online forums rather 
than in person.

The Annual General meeting is open to  
all investors.

shareholders can view relevant information 
about Impellam in the Investors section of 
impellam.com.

Page_38

Responsible business report

Responsible 
Business

Our commitment to sustainability underlines 
our responsibility to build long-term value 
for all our stakeholders, supported by sound 
policies, good governance and positive actions.

PEOPLE AND CULTURE

Colleague engagement and communications
All 2,900 Impellam people across the world are connected 
by Workplace, an internal communication and collaboration 
network. Workplace combines the structure of a traditional 
intranet with the capabilities of enterprise-wide social 
networking software: a place to organise and disseminate 
information securely, and also a place for our people to 
connect, communicate and collaborate. The Group Ceo 
holds quarterly town hall meetings across the Group and 
connects with all 2,900 people on a regular basis through 
Workplace, using video and written updates, wellbeing 
check-ins, a monthly newsletter, live Q&A sessions, and other 
multimedia to provide strategic information and financial 
updates. Covid-19 has changed the way we work, and as a 
consequence we have increased the frequency and media 
we use to communicate with colleagues. our managers hold 
regular 1:1 meetings with their people, team meetings, and 
wider business-area conferences and Town hall meetings to 
facilitate sharing of information, consultation and two-way 
communication, supported by tools like openBlend.

The Virtuoso Alliance (our shadow Board) operates alongside 
the Leadership Team to provide opinions, ideas, insight 
and observations on the world in which we operate. Its 
purpose is to make sure the Group Ceo and the Leadership 
Team remain connected to our colleagues and in turn our 
customers and candidates. The Impellam communications 
model and associated technology means we can connect with 
our colleagues quickly, wherever they are. The platform and 
communication strategy facilitates faster knowledge-sharing, 
communication and collaboration. This dynamic approach to 
communications is key to our strategy and culture of enabling 
our Virtuosos to achieve our vision of becoming the world’s 
most trusted staffing company.

STRATEGIC REPORT | CoRPoRATe GoVeRnAnCe | FInAnCIAL sTATemenTs

Covid-19 and our people
our response to Covid-19 in 2020 provided a robust and 
flexible way of working which continued through 2021. 
We adopted a blended working model which enabled our 
people to work in the office, at home and on our client sites 
as and when needed. We were careful to gather feedback 
throughout the year to ensure our people were supported. 
We’ve continued to invest in mental health and wellbeing 
support by making available the Calm app, and in recognition 
of our colleagues’ hard work amidst the challenges presented 
by the pandemic and an unprecedented increase in demand 
from customers, we gave our people two extra days off.

Equity, Diversity and Inclusion (‘ED&I’)
We actively encourage diversity in the workplace and have a 
wide and varied colleague base, with a variety of social and 
ethnic groups represented at all levels of the business. We
believe that breaking down the barriers that have traditionally 
restricted access to the labour market will encourage job 
opportunities for all. our global Impellam Group eD&I team 
includes representation from our key regions: north America, 
Australia and new Zealand, and the UK & europe. Under 
the direction and leadership of the Group Ceo and newly 
appointed Head of Culture and Fulfilment, it brings together 
leadership and governance balanced with Group-wide, 
regional and brand-specific actions. Our strategy is based on 
data, qualitative intelligence from a global survey along with 
participation from regional committees, and aims to make 
Impellam a more diverse and inclusive business wherever  
we operate.

our progress received several accolades in 2021. For the 
second year running, Everest Peak Matrix recognised Guidant 
Global and Lorien for Diversity and Inclusion in the 2021 
TALiNT International Awards. ED&I is firmly on our agenda; 
Guidant’s award-winning Influence programme is helping 
clients with their eD&I strategies and to drive positive change.

Page_39

ImPeLLAm GRoUP PLC_AnnUAL RePoRT AnD ACCoUnTs_2021

STRATEGIC REPORT

Responsible business report continued

Training
We provide our people with a multifaceted and agile 
development pathway to enable high performance and 
increase retention of our people and customers alike. We 
focus on freeing our people from old habits, unlocking their 
potential and enabling them to thrive through change. We 
reinvigorated our mental Health and Wellbeing network with 
mental health first aiders supporting our people globally, 
along with campaigns running through Workplace every week 
to signpost advice, helplines and the contact details of trained 
colleagues who are well placed to help and listen. our people 
also had access to Gladis, our online training platform as well 
as live virtual and physical sessions.

Our culture of Virtuosity
At the heart of our integrated, collaborative business model is 
a virtuous circle of making and keeping promises, engendering 
trust and loyalty. By keeping our promises, we retain clients, 
candidates, colleagues and investors for longer, and reap the 
benefits of that longevity. Our culture of Virtuosity is created 
by passionate people who are committed and driven to find 
better ways to deliver the right solutions. We make sure that 
‘the beautiful basics’ are in place and deeply embedded in all 
of our businesses, all of the time. 

Modern slavery
As part of the Group’s mission to find people fulfilling work, 
we strongly oppose modern slavery in all its forms and will 
try to prevent it by any means that we can. We expect anyone 
who has any suspicions of modern slavery in our business or 
our supply chain to raise their concerns without delay. In line 
with the modern slavery Act 2015, we annually review internal 
and external measures to ensure we are doing what we can to 
prevent slavery and human trafficking in our businesses and 
in our supply chains. our policy is available on our website at 
www.impellam.com.

Health and safety
We are committed to meeting all the requirements of relevant 
health and safety legislation. Formal policies are in place 
throughout the Group and they are reviewed regularly and 
updated to reflect changes in legislation and best practice. The 
Group requires all colleagues to comply with these. 

Anti-bribery
We have a commitment to carrying out business fairly, 
honestly and openly. We also have zero tolerance towards 
bribery. our Bribery Policy is in place to provide relevant 
guidance and information to all our people in compliance with 
the law relating to bribery and corruption, in particular the 
Bribery Act 2010. We are determined to maintain
our reputation as a business that will not tolerate fraudulent 
or corrupt dealings – whether they are attempted against us 
from outside, from within our own workforce, or towards our
clients or suppliers.

Community
Impellam people work extensively with their local 
communities. This includes supporting national and local 
charities through volunteer work and raising funds. 

ENVIRONMENT
Although we are a service-based organisation with no 
manufacturing facilities and limited transportation 
requirements, we are still committed to following 
environmental best practices in the day-to-day conduct of our 
business. This includes the use of sustainable and/or recyclable 
materials when available. A regular review of the potential 
impacts on the various businesses is undertaken and parts of 
the Group have achieved accreditation to ISO 14001 in relation 
to their environment management systems.

2021 energy and carbon reporting.
This year we have calculated our environmental impact across 
scope 1, 2 and 3 (selected categories) emission sources for the 
UK only. our emissions are presented on a location basis (using 
the UK grid emissions intensity), and our emissions are 969,995 
kgCo2e (2020: 1,082,778 kgCo2e), which is an average impact 
of 582 kgCo2e per £m revenue (2020: 715 kgCO2e per £m 
revenue). We have calculated the emission intensity metrics on 
a revenue basis, which we will monitor to track performance in 
our subsequent environmental disclosures. The methodology 
used to calculate the Greenhouse Gas (‘GHG’) emissions is in 
accordance with the UK Government GHG Conversion Factors 
for Company Reporting (2021).

Energy and carbon action
our focus in the past year has been to both rationalise our 
property footprint and to extend and encourage working 
behaviours which were accelerated at the start of the 
pandemic in 2020. 

our overall property footprint continues to decrease as leases 
expire; where the need for a physical location remains, we 
have looked to shared spaces which can be used across the 
business, relocate to more modern and energy-efficient sites 
and utilise flexible working spaces where it is more practicable 
to do so. 

our strategy of increasing resilience by investing in technology 
has enabled us to embed new ways of working within the 
business which has seen our scope 1 travel emissions reduce 
by 35%, despite an easing of travel restrictions from the 
previous year. similar or greater reductions are also seen in our 
other non-reportable scope 3 emissions.

Whilst not directly effecting the Scope 2 reporting, the 
UK businesses completed their switch to purchasing 100% 
renewable electricity generated only through wind, solar and 
hydro for all of its UK operations.

Work will continue in certifying our carbon neutral strategy 
to PAS2060 to achieve our objective of achieving carbon 
neutrality for our entire UK business by the end of 2022. 

Page_40

STRATEGIC REPORT | CoRPoRATe GoVeRnAnCe | FInAnCIAL sTATemenTs

969,569kg CO2e 

Our 2021 emissions which is  
an average impact of  
582 kgCO2e per £m revenue.

35% 

Reduction in Scope 1 
travel emissions.

In tandem, the business will also commence the development 
and delivery of a formal Carbon net Zero strategy. In support 
of both initiatives, we shall be launching a new electric 
Vehicle Salary Sacrifice Scheme in early 2022, available to all 
UK employees, which by utilising government incentives and 
achieving economies of scale through Group purchasing will 
provide access to electric vehicles at a much-reduced cost for 
all colleagues. The additional benefit of this scheme will be to 
accelerate the reduction of both scope 1 and scope 3 vehicle 
emissions over the coming years. We shall continue to refine 
our property portfolio in line with our existing strategy and 
in conjunction with our developing hybrid working initiatives, 
as well as launching a formal engagement project with all UK 
colleagues on our environmental plans and actively seek their 
contributions as to how we achieve our objectives.

Emissions and energy usage

Task Force on Climate-related 
Financial Disclosures (‘TCFD’)
TCFD reporting is important to effective ESG and climate 
risk management. It will also help us to meet the growing 
stakeholder demand to understand how climate change could 
affect Impellam, as well as the effects our operations have 
on the climate. In 2021 we have taken initial steps on the 
roadmap to TCFD reporting and this activity will be continued 
throughout 2022. The Group will continue to monitor the 
significance of climate-related risks (including existing and 
emerging regulatory requirements), implement mitigating 
activities, and disclose in line with materiality to the Group. 
At present, these risks are not considered to have a material 
impact for the Group.

scope 1 (kgCo2e)

Total Scope 1 (kgCO2e)

scope 2 (kgCo2e)

scope 3 (kgCo2e)

Total kgCO2e

Emission Source

natural gas
Company and leased vehicles
Heating oil

electricity

Colleague cars

2021

99,656
236,261
0

335,917

576,976

55,102

969,569

2020

154,496
306,146
5,516

466,158

557,263

59,357

1,082,778

Total energy usage (kWh)

4,631,709

4,904,605

normaliser

KgCo2e per £m revenue

582

715

This Strategic Report from pages 1 to 41 was approved by the Board on 5 April 2022 and signed on its behalf by:

Rebecca Watson
Company Secretary
800 The Boulevard, 
Capability Green, 
Luton, 
Bedfordshire 
LU1 3BA

Page_41

 
ImPeLLAm GRoUP PLC_AnnUAL RePoRT AnD ACCoUnTs_2021

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The primary responsibility of 
the Chair is to lead the Board 
effectively and this includes 
overseeing the adoption, 
delivery and communication 
of the Company’s corporate 
governance model. 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

43_  Governance report 
44_  Board of Directors
46_  Corporate governance statement
54_  Directors’ report
57_  statement of Directors’ responsibilities 

For more information visit 
www.impellam.com

Page_42

sTRATeGIC RePoRT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FInAnCIAL sTATemenTs

Governance report

Corporate governance

The Chair ensures that the Board as a whole plays a full and 
constructive part in the development and determination of 
the Company’s strategy and overall commercial objectives.

The Board has overall responsibility for corporate governance 
within the Group and this is underpinned by a framework 
aligned to the requirements of the business. The full Board 
retains certain matters for its own review and decision-
making while other responsibilities are delegated to sub-
committees of the Board, namely the Audit Committee and 
the Remuneration Committee. 

As a company whose shares are traded on the AIm market of 
the London Stock Exchange, the Company complies with the 
Quoted Companies Alliance (‘QCA’) Corporate Governance 
Code (‘the Code’) and its statement of Compliance with the 
same can be found on the Company website www.investors.
impellam.com/corporate-governance/.

AUDIT COMMITTEE

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

•  oversees the Group’s internal risk 
and controls strategy, including 
whistleblowing arrangements.
•  Reviews the Annual Report and 

interim financial statements prior 
to submission to the full Board.
•  Reviews reports from the external 

auditor.

•  Reviews the Group’s risk register.
•  Approves financial policies. 
•  sets and reviews the activities of 

internal audit.

Audit Committee 
page_50

•  monitors and reviews the strategy 
and its development, the financial 
and operational performance of the 
Company and risk management.
•  monitors and reviews internal and 
external factors that affect the 
Company.

•  sets standards, values and policies.
•  ensures the Company is meeting 
its objectives and has the correct 
resources in place.

•  Approves financial policies.
•  Reports to shareholders.
•  oversees internal controls.
•  Responsible for corporate 

governance.

REMUNERATION 
COMMITTEE

sets, reviews and recommends to the 
Board remuneration for Directors and 
other senior executives, and sets 
overall remuneration strategy and 
policy for the Group.

Remuneration Committee 
page_52

STRATEGY AND DEVELOPMENT TEAM (VUCA)

•  Devises the Group strategy and financial plan for approval by the Board.
•  Approves the strategic and financial plans of the sub-brands and divisions and monitors the implementation and delivery of 

those plans.

•  VUCA (Volatile, Uncertain, Complexity, Ambiguity) focuses on Impellam’s overriding strategic and financial promises for the mid-

long term and the challenges and opportunities the team sees to achieve the promises.

SENIOR LEADERSHIP TEAM 
(WAR ROOM)

VIRTUOSO TEAM 
(THE VIRTUOSO ALLIANCE)

•  Responsible for the day-to-day 

management of the Group and its 
operations.

•  Implementation of the strategy and 

financial plan.

•  Provides advice, guidance and a fresh 
perspective to the Group Ceo, our 
Executive Team and Board on our 
strategic priorities and their impact 
on the business, our customers, the 
industry and the wider world of work.

INVESTMENT COMMITTEE

•  Reviews and monitors strategic 

investments and makes investment 
decisions.

Page_43

ImPeLLAm GRoUP PLC_AnnUAL RePoRT AnD ACCoUnTs_2021

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Board of Directors

LORD ASHCROFT KCMG PC
Non-Executive Chairman
Appointed: December 2014

JULIA ROBERTSON
Group Chief Executive Officer
Appointed: April 2013

Julia Robertson was appointed as Group Chief Executive 
Officer in April 2013 having previously been responsible for the 
Group’s UK operations between 2008 and 2013. Julia’s career 
in recruitment spans some four decades, always driven by the 
burning belief that there has to be a ‘better way’. This belief has 
guided her through her entire career which has included founding 
her own recruitment business in 1986 which was sold to the 
Group alongside Tate in 2000, and also serving as Chief Executive 
of the Institute of employment Consultants (now known as the 
ReC), the professional body for the UK recruitment industry.

Lord Ashcroft is an international businessman, philanthropist, 
author and pollster. His many, varied business interests include 
significant investments and participation in both public and 
private companies in the UK, Us and the Caribbean. He was 
appointed Non-Executive Chairman of the Company in December 
2014. In 2012, he was appointed a member of the Privy Council 
and was made the Prime minister’s special Representative for 
Veterans’ Transition, working with all departments to ensure 
military personnel receive the support they need when making 
the transition to civilian life. He stepped down from this role in 
2018. Lord Ashcroft supports a wide range of charities, including 
those dealing with crime prevention and education. He is the 
founder and Chairman of Trustees of both Crimestoppers and 
the Ashcroft Technology Academy, a former Patron of the Forces 
in mind Trust Research Centre, Vice Patron of the Intelligence 
Corps museum and a Trustee of the Cleveland Clinic in the Us. 
He resigned from the House of Lords in 2015 to concentrate on 
other areas of his work. He is a former Trustee and President 
of the West India Committee, a former Trustee of Imperial War 
museums and former Chancellor of Anglia Ruskin University 
(which awarded him an Honorary Doctorate in 1999). In 2016, 
Lord Ashcroft was made Knight Grand Cross of the most sacred 
order of the Holy Trinity (ethiopia) and a Fellow of the Royal 
Canadian Geographical society. In 2017, he was made a senior 
Fellow of the International strategic studies Association and in 
the same year he became an Honorary Belize Rotarian. In 2021 he 
was promoted to Grand Collor of the most sacred order of the 
Holy Trinity (ethiopia). He has written 25 books, mainly on politics 
and bravery, and is widely respected for his political polling.

TIM BRIANT
Chief Financial Officer
Appointed: February 2020

MIKE ETTLING
Independent Non-Executive Director
Appointed: september 2013

Tim Briant joined the Group on 1 October 2019 and was 
appointed to the Board on 3 February 2020 as the Group Chief 
Financial Officer. Tim is a Chartered Accountant and has over ten 
years’ experience working within the recruitment sector within 
listed and private equity backed global recruitment companies. 
Tim spent over ten years at Adecco in a number of finance roles, 
with his last there being the CFo of Adecco UK and Ireland. Prior 
to this Tim worked for spring Group plc, a listed recruitment 
company, where he was Group Financial Controller and Company 
secretary and played a key role in its acquisition by Adecco. Prior 
to this Tim worked at KPmG in audit and transaction services. Tim 
has a strong background in mergers and acquisitions and business 
integrations having been involved in the disposal and subsequent 
integration of spring Group plc to Adecco and the acquisition and 
integration of Penna plc by Adecco.

Mike Ettling was appointed a Non-Executive Director of the 
Company in september 2013. With strong sector and non-
executive experience, Mike was President of SAP-Success factors 
globally. He has had an extensive executive career in global 
technology businesses including at nGA HR, Unisys, synstar and 
EDS and was formerly a Non-Executive Director of Backoffice 
Associates LLC, a Us Pe-backed data business, and also formerly 
a Non-Executive Director of Telkom BCX Ltd, a South African IT 
and telecommunications business. Mike is currently CEO of Unit4, 
a world leader in enterprise applications for services and people 
organisations. He is also a Non-Executive Director of NCC Group 
PLC, a London listed cyber security business.

Page_44

sTRATeGIC RePoRT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FInAnCIAL sTATemenTs

Key to Committee membership

Audit Committee 

Chair of Audit Committee

Remuneration Committee

Chair of Remuneration Committee

ANGELA ENTWISTLE
Non-Executive Director
Appointed: september 2012

MICHAEL LAURIE
Independent Non-Executive Director
Appointed: July 2014

Michael Laurie was appointed a Non-Executive Director of the 
Company in July 2014. He is also Non-Executive Chairman of 
sUsD Limited, a property development company that promotes 
sustainable architecture. Michael was an army officer for 34 years. 
He held the role of Major General at the Ministry of Defence 
until 2003, when he became the Ceo of the Crimestoppers Trust, 
retiring from that position in 2013.

Angela Entwistle was appointed a Non-Executive Director 
of the Company in september 2012. Angela is a Corporate 
Communications specialist working with companies in the private 
sector including Deacon street Partners Limited and Conservative 
Home Limited. She is a Non-Executive Director of Carlisle Support 
services, one of the leading suppliers of value-added solutions 
across the public and private sectors in the UK and Ireland, a 
Non-Executive Director of Merit Group plc, a data and intelligence 
business, and a Non-Executive Director of Biteback Publishing 
Limited, Britain’s leading publisher of political and current affairs 
titles. Angela was Corporate Communications Director of ADT 
Limited, an international business services company and the 
world’s leader in electronic security solutions, from 1986 to 1997. 
Angela is significantly involved in a number of charities including 
acting as Trustee of both Crimestoppers, the only UK charity 
dedicated to solving crimes, and Prospect education (Technology) 
Trust Limited, the umbrella charity of the Ashcroft Technology 
Academy. Angela is not considered to be independent due to her 
links with the major shareholder.

BARONESS TINA STOWELL OF BEESTON MBE PC
Independent Non-Executive Director
Appointed: october 2017

Tina stowell has held a number of senior positions in media and 
government throughout her career. since 2011, she has been 
a member of the House of Lords and was Leader of the House 
from 2014 to 2016. Before entering the House of Lords, she 
worked at the BBC between 2001 and 2010 and was Head of 
Corporate Affairs. She is a Non-Executive Director of ABTA and 
was Chairman of the Charity Commission for england and Wales 
until February 2021.

REBECCA WATSON
Group Company Secretary and 
General Counsel and Portfolio CEO
Appointed: may 2008

Rebecca Watson was appointed as Group Company secretary 
and General Counsel of the Company in may 2008. she spent the 
previous five years as Company Secretary and General Counsel 
for The Corporate Services Group Plc, having joined the Group 
in 1998 as Company solicitor. In addition, in July 2018 she was 
appointed Portfolio Ceo responsible for the Regional specialist 
Staffing brands within the Group. Prior to this, she was in a 
private practice, acting for a range of corporate clients. she has 
been a qualified solicitor since 1993.

Page_45

ImPeLLAm GRoUP PLC_AnnUAL RePoRT AnD ACCoUnTs_2021

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Corporate governance statement continued

QCA Code Compliance

QCA PRINCIPLE

Deliver growth

EXPLANATION

FURTHER READING

1

2

3

4

Establish a strategy and  
business model which promote 
long-term value for  
shareholders.

By providing staffing solutions and support 
to both clients and candidates across a 
wide spectrum of markets, we provide 
good work for our candidates and people 
for our clients. 

For more information
page_14

Seek to understand and meet 
shareholder needs and 
expectations.

The Ceo and CFo communicate regularly 
with shareholders, investors and analysts. 
The full Board is available at the Annual
General meeting (‘AGm’) to communicate 
with shareholders. 

For more information
https://investors.
impellam.com/ 
corporate-governance/

Take into account wider
stakeholder and social
responsibilities and their
implications for long-term
success.

In addition to our shareholders, our clients, 
candidates, contractors, suppliers and 
colleagues are our most important 
stakeholders. We engage with these 
communities via regular communications
in our day-to-day activities, and via formal 
feedback requests.

For more information
page_38

Embed effective risk
management, considering both
opportunities and threats,
throughout the organisation.

Ultimate responsibility for risk 
management rests with the Board,
but day-to-day management of risk is 
delivered through the way we do business 
and our culture. 

For more information
pages_32 to 35

Maintain a dynamic management framework

5

Maintain the Board as a
well-functioning, balanced
team led by the Chair.

The Board has two established 
Committees for Audit and Remuneration. 
The composition and experience of the
Board is reviewed regularly.

For more information
pages_50 to 53 

Page_46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
sTRATeGIC RePoRT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FInAnCIAL sTATemenTs

QCA PRINCIPLE

EXPLANATION

FURTHER READING

6

7

8

9

Ensure that between them the
Directors have the necessary
up-to-date experience, skills
and capabilities. 

The Board is satisfied that its current 
composition includes an appropriate 
balance of skills, experience and 
capabilities.

For more information
pages_44 and 45

Evaluate board performance
based on clear and relevant
objectives, seeking continuous
improvement.

The Board regularly considers the 
effectiveness and relevance of its
contributions, any learning and 
development needs and the level of
scrutiny of the senior management Team.  

For more information
page_48 and 49

Promote a corporate culture
that is based on ethical values
and behaviours.

our internal social network (Workplace) 
sets out our corporate values and 
behaviours, which are reinforced via 
training and performance management. 

For more information
page_55

Maintain governance structures
and processes that are fit
for purpose and support good
decision-making by the board.

The Board is responsible for the Group’s 
overall strategic direction and 
management, and for the establishment 
and maintenance of a framework of 
delegated authorities and controls to 
ensure the efficient and effective 
management of the Group’s operations. 

For more information
page_43

Build trust

10

Communicate how the company
is governed and is performing
by maintaining a dialogue with
shareholders and other relevant
stakeholders.

The Investors section of our website 
includes our results, presentations and 
communications to shareholders. We
release the results of general meetings 
through a regulatory news service and 
also on the Regulatory news section of 
our website.

For more information
https://investors.
impellam.com/

Page_47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ImPeLLAm GRoUP PLC_AnnUAL RePoRT AnD ACCoUnTs_2021

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Corporate governance statement continued

The Board of Directors currently comprises the Non-Executive 
Chairman, two Executive Directors and four other Non- 
Executive Directors. The Board is responsible for overseeing 
the management of the Group’s strategy and its businesses, 
reviewing trading performance, ensuring adequate funding, 
maintaining a system of internal controls and risk assessment,
ensuring good corporate governance and reporting to 
shareholders. The Board meets when required and at least 
eight times per annum, either in person or virtually. 

The annual minimum time commitment is nine days for the 
Non-Executive Directors based on eight Board meetings 
per annum and the AGm. They are also required to spend 
appropriate preparation time ahead of each meeting. The 
Executive Directors are full-time colleagues.

During the period ended 31 December 2021, the Board 
met on eight occasions. Relevant high-quality information, 
consisting of detailed reports and presentations, is circulated 
to the Directors in advance of meetings by the Company 
secretary. The number of scheduled Board meetings and 
Committee meetings attended as a member by each Director 
during the period are set out below:

Lord Ashcroft

Julia Robertson

Tim Briant

Angela entwistle

mike ettling

michael Laurie

Baroness stowell

Board

8 (8)

8 (8)

8 (8)

8 (8)

7 (8)

8 (8)

8 (8)

Audit 
Committee

Remuneration 
Committee

n/a

n/a

3 (3)

n/a

3 (3)

3 (3)

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

1 (1)

n/a

1 (1)

n/a

Figures in brackets indicate the maximum number of meetings the individual could attend in 
the period.

The Non-Executive Chairman and Angela Entwistle are not 
considered to be independent due to their links with the 
Company’s major shareholder. All the other Non-Executive 
Directors are considered to be independent. 

The role of the Chairman is to lead the Board and ensure 
its effective operation. In chairing the Board, the Chairman 
is responsible for setting the agenda, style and tone of the 
Board discussions and ensuring that all Directors receive clear, 
accurate and timely information. The Chairman is responsible 
for ensuring effective communications with shareholders. 

on appointment, the Directors receive relevant information 
about the Group: the role of the Board and the matters 
reserved for its decision-making; membership of the principal 
Board Committees and the powers delegated to those 
Committees; the Group’s corporate governance policies and 
procedures and the latest financial information. Throughout 
their period in office, the Directors are regularly updated on 
the Group’s business and the environment in which it operates. 

Page_48

All Directors receive regular and timely information on the 
Group’s operational and financial performance and any legal or 
governance requirements of the Group and those which affect 
them as Directors.

The Directors have direct access to the advice and services of 
the Company Secretary and Chief Financial Officer and are 
able to take professional advice in the furtherance of their 
duties at the Company’s expense, where required. The Board 
is satisfied that, between the Directors, it has an executive and 
appropriate balance of skills and experience, including in the 
areas of HR, technology, finance, communications, media  
and government.

The Board seeks advice from external sources on matters 
as they arise in the business, including legal and accounting 
advice. There is an appropriate gender balance with the Board 
consisting of four male and three female members. 

The biographies of all Directors appear on the Company 
investor website: www.investors.impellam.com. The 
Company secretary acts as the secretary to the Board and 
its Committees, provides legal and governance support to 
the Board as a whole and Directors individually, and ensures 
the Group complies with all relevant legal, regulatory and 
governance requirements. The Chairman assesses the 
individual contribution of each of the members of the Board 
to ensure a well-balanced and committed team. 

The Board has carried out an annual assessment of its 
performance to ensure its members collectively function in an 
efficient and productive manner. 

section 172 of the Companies Act 2006 requires Directors 
to take into consideration the interests of stakeholders and 
other matters in their decision-making. Within our section 
172 report we set out how the Directors have addressed key 
decisions that are consistent with the Company’s objectives, 
strategy and the overall culture. We believe we have a history 
of collaborative, informative stakeholder engagement and 
decision-making based on long-term success, and we maintain 
governance structures and processes that support good 
decision-making. This section 172 report articulates how the 
Directors have acted to promote the success of the Group for 
the benefit of its stakeholders. In meeting this responsibility, 
the Directors have had regard, amongst other matters, to:

• 
• 
• 

• 

• 

• 

the likely consequences of any decisions in the long term;
the interests of the Group’s colleagues;
the need to foster the Group’s business relationships with 
suppliers, customers and others;
the impact of the Group’s operations on the community 
and environment;
the Group’s reputation for high standards of business 
conduct; and
the need to act fairly as between members of the Group.

 
sTRATeGIC RePoRT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FInAnCIAL sTATemenTs

Results of the AGm appear on the Company investor website: 
www.investors.impellam.com with between 99.67% and 100% 
of votes cast being for the resolutions.

BOARD TENURE AS AT MARCH 2022

Lord Ashcroft KCmG PC

Julia Robertson

Tim Briant

Angela entwistle

mike ettling

michael Laurie

Baroness Tina stowell

Rebecca Watson

7 years, 3 months

8 years, 11 months

2 years, 1 month

9 years, 6 months

8 years, 6 months

7 years, 8 months

4 years, 5 months

13 years, 10 months

RE-ELECTION OF DIRECTORS AT THE 2022 AGM
In accordance with the Company’s Articles of Association and 
the principles of the Code, all Directors of the Company will 
offer themselves for re-election by shareholders at the 2022 
AGM. The Board is satisfied that each Director is qualified 
for re-election by the quality of their skills, experience and 
commitment to the Board.

THE BOARD AND ITS COMMITTEES
Board evaluation
The performance of the Board, its Committees and individual 
Directors were reviewed at the Board meetings in April 2021. 
The Board recognises the importance of the evaluation to 
help the Board continuously improve its and the Company’s 
performance and to address any areas where necessary. In its 
evaluation the Board considers a number of areas including 
the balance of the membership, its effectiveness as a team, 
strategy and purpose and stakeholder engagement. Objectives 
going forward are agreed and a review of succession planning 
undertaken. The roles of the Chairman and Chief Executive 
are separate, with a clear division of responsibilities between 
them. This separation of roles enhances the independent 
oversight of executive management by the Board and more 
closely aligns the Board with shareholders. It also means that 
no one individual within the Company has unfettered powers 
of decision-making.

Page_49

ImPeLLAm GRoUP PLC_AnnUAL RePoRT AnD ACCoUnTs_2021

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Corporate governance statement continued

Audit Committee

The Board has an Audit Committee whose 
responsibilities include oversight of the Group’s internal 
risk and controls strategy, including establishing 
whistleblowing arrangements, reviewing interim and 
Annual Reports and financial statements prior to their 
submission to the full Board and reviewing reports 
from the external auditor and internal audit. The Audit 
Committee makes whatever recommendations to the 
Board it deems appropriate, on any area within its remit, 
including where action or improvement is needed. 

COMMITTEE MEMBERS
mike ettling (Chair)
michael Laurie

MEETINGS ATTENDED

mike ettling

michael Laurie

3/3

3/3

MEETINGS
The Committee operates under written Terms of Reference, 
and during the period ended 31 December 2021 it met 
on three occasions. The Audit Committee invites the 
Chief Financial Officer to all of its meetings and senior 
representatives of the external auditor are routinely invited to 
Committee meetings, although it reserves the right to request 
any of these individuals to withdraw from the meeting. The 
Audit Committee comprises two Non-Executive Directors: 
mike ettling (Chair) and michael Laurie. 

FINANCIAL AND BUSINESS REPORTING
During the year, the Audit Committee has reviewed the 2020 
and 2021 financial statements, the 2021 interim statement 
(unaudited) and carried out a going concern review. Reviews 
of the financial statements included the accounting policies, 
significant financial reporting issues and key judgements and 
estimates underpinning the financial statements. For the areas 
discussed, the Committee was satisfied with the assumptions 
made and the accounting treatments adopted. 

Risk management and internal control
Risk management is the responsibility of the Board. Further 
details about the process followed and principal risks and 
uncertainties that could affect business operations can 
be found in the Strategic Report on pages 1 to 45. The 
Audit Committee keeps under review the adequacy and 
effectiveness of the Company’s internal controls and risk 
management systems. A summary of the internal controls 
for Group companies is presented to the Audit Committee, 
including updates on the resolution of any control weaknesses 
identified. The internal controls are reviewed by the Group 
Finance function.

every year the Audit Committee reviews the Group’s risk 
framework reports, to be presented to and discussed by 
the Board. The Group’s whistleblowing policy contains 
arrangements for the Company secretary to receive, in 
confidence, complaints on accounting, risk issues, internal 
controls, auditing issues and related matters.

The Group has a mandatory Code of Conduct, which sets out 
the minimum expected behaviours for all colleagues.

Page_50

sTRATeGIC RePoRT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FInAnCIAL sTATemenTs

External audit
The Audit Committee is responsible for the development, 
implementation and monitoring of the Group’s policy on 
external audit. The Terms of Reference assign responsibility 
to the Audit Committee for overseeing the relationship with 
the external auditor. During 2021, the Audit Committee 
managed the relationship with the external auditor, reviewed 
and monitored their independence and objectivity and the 
effectiveness of the audit process. The Group’s policy on non-
audit related services prescribes the types of engagements 
for which the external auditor can be used and those 
engagements which are prohibited. For engagement for 
services which are non-recurring in nature, prior approval 
must be sought from the Audit Committee. Note 4 to the 
consolidated financial statements includes disclosure of the 
auditor’s remuneration for the year. 

Financial Reporting Council
During the year the Financial Reporting Council (‘FRC’) 
conducted a review of the 2020 Annual Report and Accounts. 
The review can be found here https://www.frc.org.uk/
accountants/corporate-reporting-review/crr-reviews-of-
corporate-reporting/company-names-published-in-march-2022 
and did not give rise to any substantive questions. The review 
recommended a number of enhanced disclosures in relation 
to non-recourse financing agreements, impairment testing 
periods and lease terms to be included within the 2021 Annual 
Report and Accounts which we have duly adopted.

Assessment of the Audit Committee
The Board conducted an assessment of the Audit Committee’s 
performance at the April 2021 meeting. The Chair of the 
Audit Committee will be available at the 2022 Annual General 
meeting to answer any questions about the work of the  
Audit Committee.

Page_51

ImPeLLAm GRoUP PLC_AnnUAL RePoRT AnD ACCoUnTs_2021

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Corporate governance statement continued

Remuneration 
Committee

The Board has a Remuneration Committee that is 
responsible for making recommendations to the 
Board on Directors’ remuneration. It also reviews 
recommendations from the Group Chief Executive 
Officer on other senior executives’ remuneration, 
including performance-related remuneration. 
The Committee operates under written Terms of 
Reference, and during the period ended 31 December 
2021 it met on one occasion. The Remuneration 
Committee comprises two Non-Executive Directors: 
Angela entwistle (Chair) and michael Laurie.

COMMITTEE MEMBERS
Angela entwistle (Chair) 
michael Laurie

MEETINGS ATTENDED

Angela entwistle

michael Laurie

1/1

1/1

REMUNERATION PRACTICES
The Remuneration Committee recommends and monitors the 
level and structure of remuneration for senior management 
as well as monitoring remuneration trends across the Group, 
and periodically reviews the ongoing appropriateness 
and relevance of the remuneration policy; no review was 
conducted during the year. 

Assessment of the Remuneration Committee 
The Board conducted an assessment of the performance  
of the Remuneration Committee at the April 2021 meeting.  
The Chair of the Remuneration Committee will be available  
at the 2022 Annual General meeting to answer any questions  
about the work of the Remuneration Committee.

Remuneration policy for the Executive Directors
Remuneration packages are designed to attract, retain, 
motivate and reward Executive Directors, whilst aligning 
rewards with the business objectives and performance of the 
Group and the interests of shareholders. 

Link between business objectives and remuneration policy 
It is the Group’s policy for performance-related pay of 
Executive Directors to be linked to key performance indicators 
of the Group. The Group’s key objectives include developing 
sustainable growth in earnings and profits through a 
combination of organic growth, investments and increase in 
share price. The key performance measures chosen in 2021 
to link executive remuneration to the achievement of these 
objectives were profits and a cash-related target.

Directors’ contracts and letters of appointment
It is the Group’s policy that Executive Directors should have 
contracts with indefinite terms providing for a maximum of 
12 months’ notice by the employing Group company or the 
individual. In the event of termination, the Executive Directors’
contracts provide for compensation up to a maximum of the 
basic remuneration package for the notice period.

Page_52

The details of the Executive Directors’ contracts are  
summarised as follows:

The Effective date of contract and Notice period for Julia 
Robertson were 5 April 2013 with 12 months’ notice from 
either party. The Effective date of contract and Notice period 
for Tim Briant were 1 October 2019 with six months’ notice 
from either party. Non-Executive Directors serve under  
letters of appointment, which either party can terminate  
on three months’ written notice. The Non-Executive Directors 
have no right to compensation on the termination of  
their appointments. 

Annual fees of Directors
The basic annual salary of each Executive Director and senior 
management is reviewed annually by the Remuneration 
Committee. The remuneration for the Non-Executive Directors 
is determined by the Board within the limits set by the Articles 
and is based on information on fees paid in similar companies 
and the skills and expected time commitment of the individual 
concerned. The fees are reviewed each year as part of the 
annual budgeting process. The Non-Executive Directors 
receive additional remuneration for chairing Committees. 
Aggregate Directors’ remuneration is set out in note 5.

Annual bonus
The Remuneration Committee establishes the objectives that 
must be met for each financial year if a cash bonus is to be 
paid to the Executive Directors. Based on the Remuneration 
Committee’s assessment of the performance against those 
targets, it was determined that there was £1.0m bonus 
payment for delivery of the financial targets, of which £0.4m is 
deferred and made in three equal payments over three years.

Shareholding guidelines
There are no requirements for Executive Directors or senior 
executives to hold shares in the Company. Details of the 
shareholdings of Directors who served during the year are set 
out on page 55.

sTRATeGIC RePoRT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FInAnCIAL sTATemenTs

INTERNAL CONTROL
The Board has responsibility for the Group’s overall system 
of internal controls and for reviewing their effectiveness. 
They recognise that the system is designed to manage and 
mitigate, rather than eliminate, the risk of failure to achieve 
business objectives. It can provide only reasonable and not 
absolute assurance against material financial misstatement 
or loss. The Board has established an organisational structure 
with clear Terms of Reference that must be adhered to by all 
subsidiaries. There is a programme of regular review by the 
Board and executive management, which provides assurance 
that the control environment is operating as intended. A 
key element of this review is strategic business planning 
and subsequent performance monitoring. each business 
has defined financial performance plans that are agreed 
by the Board at the beginning of each financial period to 
meet Company objectives. These plans contain measurable 
performance targets, which are continuously monitored to 
identify shortfalls, so that corrective actions can be taken. 
In addition, the Company and its subsidiaries maintain risk 
registers that are updated regularly. The Group risk register is 
reviewed by the Audit Committee whilst reviewing generally 
the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control system. 
The Group Financial Controller is also responsible for reporting 
to the Audit Committee on internal audit, utilising internal 
and external expertise. The Group operates in ‘The Virtuoso 
Way’, which embeds a consistent Company-wide culture, 
based on trusted behaviours, delivered by entrepreneurial 
Virtuoso leaders, who can drive competitive advantage and 
deliver on the Group’s commitments. The Board is committed 
to maintaining appropriate standards for all the Company’s 
business activities and ensuring that these standards are set 
out in written policies. Key examples of such standards and 
policies include the ‘Code of Business Conduct’. The Company 
‘Code of Business Conduct’ demonstrates its commitment 
to maintaining the high levels of ethical standards and 
behaviours, wherever it operates in the world. 

DIALOGUE WITH SHAREHOLDERS 
The Company remains committed to listening to and  
communicating openly with its shareholders to ensure that its 
vision, mission, strategy, business model and performance are 
clearly understood. The Company communicates with  
shareholders through the Annual Report and Accounts,  
full-year and half-year announcements, the Annual General 
Meeting (‘AGM’) and one-to-one meetings with large existing 
or potential new shareholders. The Non-Executive Directors 
will attend the AGm and are available to answer any questions 
relevant to the Committees they chair. The Board receives 
regular updates on the views of shareholders through  
briefings and reports from the Group Chief Executive Officer, 
Chief Financial Officer and Company Secretary. Corporate  
information, including all Company announcements, is  
available to shareholders, investors and the public on the  
Company’s website www.investors.impellam.com).

Page_53

ImPeLLAm GRoUP PLC_AnnUAL RePoRT AnD ACCoUnTs_2021

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Directors’ report

The Directors present their Annual Report on the affairs of the Group and the Company, together with the audited consolidated 
financial statements and auditor’s reports, for the period ended 31 December 2021. 

PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES
The principal activities of the Group comprise the provision of staffing solutions, human capital management and outsourced 
people-related services in the UK, Ireland, north America, mainland europe, Australia and new Zealand. The principal activity of the 
Company is that of a holding company that provides strategic planning and management services to its portfolio of subsidiaries.

RESULTS AND DIVIDENDS
The audited consolidated financial statements for the period ended 31 December 2021 are set out on pages 68 to 119. The 
Group profit for the period was £8.3m (year ended 1 January 2021: £21.4m loss). In January 2021 the Board announced a reduced 
share buyback programme, where it will purchase Ordinary shares in the Company up to an aggregate market value of £0.5m per 
calendar month until the next AGM to be held in June 2021. It was approved at the AGM to commence an updated programme 
whereby the Board can purchase up to a maximum of 4,560,363 shares, being 10% of the issued Ordinary share capital of the 
Company (as at 17 may 2021) until the earliest of the 2022 AGm or 30 June 2022.

FUTURE DEVELOPMENTS
The Group’s future developments are outlined within the strategic Report. Key areas are covered within the strategic review, 
Strategic priorities and Looking forward sections of the Chief Executive Officer’s review and within the Outlook section of the Chief 
Financial Officer’s review.

CAPITAL STRUCTURE
The Company ‘Impellam Group plc’ has no limit to its authorised share capital. At 31 December 2021, there were 45,311,269 (2020: 
45,919,871) allotted, fully paid shares of 1p in issue.

POST BALANCE SHEET EVENTS
Between the end of the year and 22 march 2022, a further 75,830 ordinary shares of 1p each have been repurchased in the market 
for total consideration of £0.4m and have been cancelled.

On 24 January 2022 the Group announced that it has entered into an agreement to sell the business and assets of Corestaff, its 
US-based Light Industrial brand, to swipejobs Inc., a US private digital staffing company, for cash consideration of approximately 
£14m ($19m).

The transaction was completed on 7 February 2022. Following completion of the Disposal, the Group used the proceeds of sale  
to pay down net debt to fund additional investment to further accelerate the Group’s strategy.

POLITICAL DONATIONS
The Group has made no political donations during the current or prior years.

MAJOR SHAREHOLDINGS
As at 23 February 2022, the Company had been notified of the following disclosable interests representing 3% or more of the 
issued ordinary share capital of the Company:

Lombard Trust

Kempen Capital management

Hendrik M. Van Heijst

Lord Ashcroft

schroder Investment management Limited

InsingerGilissen Bankiers

Page_54

56.88%

8.31%

8.13%

5.02%

4.02%

3.52%

sTRATeGIC RePoRT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FInAnCIAL sTATemenTs

DIRECTORS
The Directors who held office during the period and up to the date of signing these financial statements were:

Executive Directors
Julia Robertson
Tim Briant

Non-Executive Directors
Lord Ashcroft KCmG PC
Angela entwistle
mike ettling
michael Laurie
Baroness Tina stowell

Group Chief Executive Officer
Chief Financial Officer 

Appointed April 2013
Appointed February 2020

Non-Executive Chairman
Non-Executive Director
Independent Non-Executive Director
Independent Non-Executive Director
Independent Non-Executive Director

Appointed December 2014
Appointed september 2012
Appointed september 2013
Appointed July 2014
Appointed october 2017

To read all of our Directors’ biographies, see pages 44 and 45.

DIRECTORS’ SHAREHOLDINGS
As at 23 February 2022 the following Directors held shares in the Company:

Lord Ashcroft (Non-Executive Chairman)
Julia Robertson (Group Chief Executive Officer)
Angela Entwistle (Non-Executive Director)
Mike Ettling (Non-Executive Director)

number of shares held

2,273,755
153,910
13,800
10,860

CONTROL
The Group has identified Lord Ashcroft as the ultimate controlling party as he has influence over more than 50%, but less than 
75%, of both the shares and voting rights of Impellam Group plc and together with being Chairman of Impellam Group plc has 
significant influence over the Group.

FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT
The Group’s objectives and policies relating to financial risk management are fully explained in note 27 on pages 107 to 109.

PRINCIPAL RISKS
The Board’s assessment of the principal risks and uncertainties, the Group’s policy and its mitigations are detailed on pages
32 to 35.

ENGAGEMENT WITH COLLEAGUES AND OTHER STAKEHOLDERS
The Directors have given much focus as to how they engage and build relationships with colleagues, suppliers, customers
and other stakeholders; and how these stakeholders’ interests are considered when making significant decisions. The Group’s 
engagement with colleagues and other stakeholders is explained in the Stakeholder engagement and Responsible business 
sections of the Strategic Report, on pages 36 to 41.

We actively encourage diversity in the workplace and have a wide and varied colleague base with a variety of social and ethnic 
groups represented at all levels of the business. We believe that breaking down the barriers that have traditionally restricted 
access to the labour market will encourage job opportunities for all. We see it as our responsibility, both to understand and to 
address, the root causes of gender pay gaps. We are pleased that Impellam is leading by example by appointing and promoting 
women into senior roles. We are one of only a small number of AIM listed companies to be led by a woman, and in addition, 43% 
of our Board members and 50% of our senior Leadership Team are women. With this in mind, we work hard to help our clients 
and suppliers achieve their diversity objectives.

The Group is committed to providing all our colleagues with a work environment free of discrimination related to sex, race,
colour, orientation, religion, age, ethnicity, national origin, disability or any other inappropriate basis. Applications for
employment by people with disabilities are considered, like all others, bearing in mind the aptitudes of the candidate concerned. 
In the event of members of staff becoming disabled, every effort is made to ensure that their employment within the Group 
continues and that appropriate adjustments are made. It is our policy that the training, career development and promotion of 
people with disabilities should, as far as possible, be the same as for all other colleagues.

Page_55

ImPeLLAm GRoUP PLC_AnnUAL RePoRT AnD ACCoUnTs_2021

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Directors’ report continued

STRATEGIC REPORT
Information in respect of the Group’s approach to Colleague engagement & Communications (including in respect of modern 
slavery), Health & safety, Anti-Bribery, Community and environment are not shown within the Directors’ report because they are 
presented within the Responsible business section of the Strategic Report on pages 39 and 40.

ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING
The Notice of AGM, to be held at 3.00pm on Wednesday 29 June 2022 at the Impellam offices, 9 Devonshire Square, London 
EC2M 4HP, is contained in a separate circular to shareholders. It is being mailed or otherwise provided to shareholders, after the 
publication of the Annual Report. The notice of meeting sets out the resolutions to be proposed at the AGm and gives details 
of the voting record date and proxy appointment deadline for that meeting. The meeting may be held virtually if Covid-19 
restrictions are in place.

DIRECTORS’ INDEMNITY PROVISIONS
During the year and to the date of these accounts, the Company had in force an indemnity provision in favour of one or more 
Directors of the Company against liability in respect of proceedings brought by third parties, subject to the conditions set out in 
the Companies Act 2006.

DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION TO AUDITOR
In the case of each Director in office at the date the Directors’ report is approved and in accordance with Section 418 of the 
Companies Act 2006:

a.  so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the Company’s auditor is unaware; and
b.  he/she has taken all the steps that he/she ought to have taken as a Director in order to make himself/herself aware of any 

relevant audit information and to establish that the Company’s auditor is aware of that information.

REAPPOINTMENT OF AUDITOR
In accordance with Section 489 of the Companies Act 2006, a resolution for the reappointment of BDO LLP as auditor
of the Company is expected to be proposed at the Annual General Meeting being held on 29 June 2022.

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
This report was approved by the Board on 5 April 2022 and is signed on its behalf by:

RJ Watson
Company Secretary

800 The Boulevard
Capability Green
Luton
Bedfordshire
LU1 3BA

Page_56

sTRATeGIC RePoRT | CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | FInAnCIAL sTATemenTs

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the financial statements in accordance with applicable law 
and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements for each financial year. Under that law the Directors have 
elected to prepare the Group financial statements in accordance with UK adopted International accounting standards and the 
Company financial statements in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (United Kingdom 
Accounting Standards and applicable law). Under company law the Directors must not approve the financial statements unless 
they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and Company and of the profit or loss 
of the Group for that period. The Directors are also required to prepare financial statements in accordance with the rules of 
the London Stock Exchange for companies trading securities on AIM. In preparing these financial statements, the Directors are 
required to:

select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;

• 
•  make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent;
• 

state whether they have been prepared in accordance with UK adopted international accounting standards subject to any 
material departures disclosed and explained in the financial statements; and

•  prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Company will 

continue in business.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Company and enable them to 
ensure that the financial statements comply with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006. They are also responsible for 
safeguarding the assets of the Company and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and 
other irregularities.

WEBSITE PUBLICATION
The Directors are responsible for ensuring the Annual Report and the financial statements are made available on a website.
Financial statements are published on the Company’s website in accordance with legislation in the United Kingdom governing 
the preparation and dissemination of financial statements, which may vary from legislation in other jurisdictions. The 
maintenance and integrity of the Company’s website is the responsibility of the Directors. The Directors’ responsibility also 
extends to the ongoing integrity of the financial statements contained therein.

Page_57

ImPeLLAm GRoUP PLC_AnnUAL RePoRT AnD ACCoUnTs_2021

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Financial  
statements

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Independent auditor’s report

59_ 
68_  Consolidated income statement
69_  Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
70_  Consolidated balance sheet
71_  Consolidated statement of changes in equity
72_  Consolidated cash flow statement
73_  Notes to the consolidated financial statements
113_  Company balance sheet
114_  statement of changes in equity
115_  notes to the Company balance sheet 
120_  Alternative performance measures 
122_  Glossary
124_  Company information

For more information visit 
www.impellam.com/corporate-governance/

Page_58

sTRATeGIC RePoRT | CoRPoRATe GoVeRnAnCe | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Independent auditor’s report to the members of Impellam Group plc

OPINION ON THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
In our opinion:

• 

• 

• 

• 

the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the Parent Company’s affairs as at 
31 December 2021 and of the Group’s profit for the 52-week period then ended;
the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK adopted international 
accounting standards;
the Parent Company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally 
Accepted Accounting Practice; and
the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

We have audited the financial statements of Impellam Group plc (the ‘Parent Company’) and its subsidiaries (the ‘Group’) 
for the 52-week period ended 31 December 2021 which comprise:

Composition

Financial reporting framework

Group

Parent Company

•  Consolidated Income statement
•  Consolidated statement of Comprehensive Income
•  Consolidated Balance sheet
•  Consolidated statement of Changes in equity
•  Consolidated Cash Flow statement
•  Notes to the consolidated financial statements
•  Alternative performance measures

•  Company Balance sheet
•  Company statement of Changes in equity
•  Notes to the Company financial statements

•  Applicable law and international 

accounting standards in conformity 
with the requirements of the 
Companies Act 2006

•  Applicable law and United Kingdom 
Accounting standards, including 
Financial Reporting standard 101 
Reduced Disclosure Framework 
(United Kingdom Generally Accepted 
Accounting Practice)

BASIS FOR OPINION
We conducted our audit in accordance with International standards on Auditing (UK) (IsAs (UK)) and applicable law. our 
responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial 
statements section of our report. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a 
basis for our opinion.

Independence
We remain independent of the Group and the Parent Company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant 
to our audit of the financial statements in the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to listed entities, and we have 
fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. 

CONCLUSIONS RELATING TO GOING CONCERN

Conclusion & key 
observations

• 

In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the Directors’ use of the going 
concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is appropriate.

•  Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties 

relating to events or conditions that, individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on 
the Group and the Parent Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of at 
least twelve months from when the financial statements are authorised for issue. 

Page_59

ImPeLLAm GRoUP PLC_AnnUAL RePoRT AnD ACCoUnTs_2021

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Independent auditor’s report to the members of Impellam Group plc 
continued

Approach

our evaluation of the Directors’ assessment of the Group and the Parent Company’s ability to 
continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting included:

•  Reviewing and challenging, through enquiry and consideration of historical performance, key 
assumptions applied by the Directors in preparation of cash flow forecasts, including growth 
assumptions and movements in headcount and base costs, and the Group’s ability to meet 
working capital requirements over the going concern period.

•  Reviewing the Directors’ stress tested forecasts, including the impact of the ‘downside’ 

scenarios on covenant and cash ’headroom’ and consideration of the likelihood of occurrence 
and feasible actions to increase headroom.

•  Review of the Group’s new financing agreement effective 17 December 2021 and its key terms 
and covenants. Considering the adequacy of the disclosure requirements against the associated 
accounting standards.

our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the Directors with respect to going concern are 
described in the relevant sections of this report.

Coverage1

73% (2020: 67%) of Group absolute* adjusted operating profit
69% (2020: 83%) of Group absolute* profit before tax
79% (2020: 82%) of Group revenue
85% (2020: 86%) of Group gross assets

Key audit matters

Key audit matter

2021

2020

* Absolute refers to the cumulative value of figures regardless of whether it is a positive or negative value.

Risk of fraud or cut-off error in revenue recognition on temporary 
contractor revenue and complex accounting on managed service 
contracts

Compliance with laws and regulations

Goodwill, brand intangibles and Parent Company investment 
recoverability

new accounting treatments as a result of Covid-19

✓

✓

x

x

✓

✓

✓

✓

Goodwill, brand intangibles and Parent Company investment recoverability is not considered to be a 
key audit matter as the risk of impairment of goodwill or investments in subsidiaries is significantly 
reduced following a return to profitable growth.

new accounting treatments as a result of Covid-19 is no longer considered to be a key audit matter 
due to the reduced utilisation of Government Covid-19 relief schemes from the prior period and 
enhanced knowledge for the accounting for these schemes. 

Group financial statements as a whole
£1.45m (2020: £1.10m) based on 5.0% of adjusted operating profit (2020: 3.5% of the average of 
adjusted operating profit for last three periods). A three-period average was used in the prior period 
due to the impact of the Covid-19 pandemic.

materiality

AN OVERVIEW OF THE SCOPE OF OUR AUDIT
our Group audit was scoped by obtaining an understanding of the Group and its environment, including the Group’s system 
of internal control, and assessing the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements. We also addressed the risk of 
management override of internal controls, including assessing whether there was evidence of bias by the Directors that may 
have represented a risk of material misstatement.

We designed an audit strategy to ensure we have obtained the required audit assurance for each component for the purposes 
of our Group audit opinion (ISA 600 (UK)). Components were scoped in to address aggregation risk and to ensure sufficient 
coverage was obtained of Group balances on which to base our audit opinion. The coverage of our audit procedures is 
summarised graphically below and then detailed in the following table.

1 These are areas which have been subject to a full scope audit.

Page_60

sTRATeGIC RePoRT | CoRPoRATe GoVeRnAnCe | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Significant components

Specified audit procedures

Analytical review

73%

69%

79%

21%

6%

Absolute adjusted
operating profit

26%

Absolute profit
before tax

5%

17%

Revenue

4%

Significant components

•  We focused our Group audit scope primarily on the audit work at seven significant 

Specified audit procedures

components, which were subject to full scope audit procedures.

•  These significant components contribute 73% (2020: 67%) of the Group Absolute 

Adjusted Operating Profit, 69% (2020: 83%) of the Group Absolute Profit before Tax, 
69% (2020: 82%) of the Group Revenue and 85% (2020: 86%) of Group Gross Assets.
•  Three of the full scope audits of significant components were performed by component 
auditors, under the direction and supervision of the Senior Statutory Auditor; who issued 
detailed instructions, reviewed component audit files and attended local audit close 
meetings. All significant components were audited by BDO LLP (BDO UK), other than one 
component, which was audited by BDo in the Us (BDo Us). 

•  Specified audit procedures were performed to address the risk of material misstatement 
arising from key balances in non-significant components, with testing performed on all 
material balances within these components.

•  All testing was performed by BDo UK, other than for the components in Australia and 

new Zealand, which were performed by BDo Australia Limited. All testing was under the 
direction and supervision of the senior statutory Auditor via detailed instructions and via 
review of selected working papers on significant risk areas.

•  This specific scope testing was performed on components that contribute 21% 

(2020: 11%) of the Group Absolute Adjusted Operating Profit, 26% (2020: 3%) of the 
Group Absolute Profit before Tax, 17% (2020: 9%) of the Group Revenue and 13% 
(2020: 9%) of Group Gross Assets.

Remaining components

•  All other components were scoped in for analytical review procedures to confirm 

Parent Company and  
consolidation

our conclusion that there were no significant risks of material misstatement of the 
aggregated financial information. These were performed by the teams in BDO LLP  
(BDo UK), BDo Us and BDo Australia.

•  Specified audit procedures were performed on any material balances from these 

components. 

•  The Parent Company is located in the UK and was audited by the Group audit team  
(BDO UK). The Parent Company is treated as a significant component for the Group.

•  The Group audit team have performed testing of the consolidation and related 

consolidation adjustments posted in preparation of the Group financial statements.

Page_61

ImPeLLAm GRoUP PLC_AnnUAL RePoRT AnD ACCoUnTs_2021

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Independent auditor’s report to the members of Impellam Group plc 
continued

Our involvement with component auditors
For the work performed by component auditors on significant components, we determined the level of involvement needed  
in order to be able to conclude whether sufficient appropriate audit evidence has been obtained as a basis for our opinion  
on the Group financial statements as a whole. Our involvement with component auditors on significant components included 
the following:

We assessed the competence and independence of the component auditors. Direction and supervision over their work 
performed was also provided by the Group audit team. We attended the component entities’ planning and completion 
meetings. The component auditors also transferred documentation of their work performed which was reviewed by the Group 
audit team in order to gain comfort over the audit of the significant components, specified audit procedures on specific scope 
entities, and reviews over the remaining insignificant components.

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial 
statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not 
due to fraud) that we identified, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the allocation of 
resources in the audit, and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters were addressed in the context of our 
audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on 
these matters.

Key audit matter

Description

How we addressed the key audit matter in the audit

Risk of fraud or 
cut-off error in 
revenue recognition 
on temporary 
contractor revenue 
and complex 
accounting on 
Managed Service 
Contracts

The accounting 
policy and related 
disclosures are shown 
in notes 2, 3 and 15.

This can involve 
complex and 
subjective judgements 
in determining 
temporary revenue 
recognised around 
period end and the 
application of IFRs 15 
to complex contracts.

•  Under ISA 240 (UK), there is a 

Temporary contractor revenue

• 

• 

presumed risk that revenue may 
be misstated due to improper 
recognition, whether from fraud 
or error. Given that revenue is a 
key performance indicator for the 
Group, the risk of improper revenue 
recognition is elevated.
 The risk of fraudulent revenue 
recognition arises from revenue in 
relation to temporary contractors. 
Management applies judgements 
and estimates concerning the 
completeness, accuracy and cut-off of 
revenue around period end; therefore 
a risk of material misstatement exists 
either through error or in order to 
meet financial targets or performance 
related bonuses.
 The risk of erroneous revenue 
recognition arises from complex 
accounting on rebates related to 
managed service contracts. Accounting 
and potential understatement of 
these rebate agreements could result 
in a material error within the revenue 
stated for the period.

•  This results in the cut-off of temporary 
revenue and complex accounting  
on managed service Contracts being 
assessed as a significant risk of 
material misstatement and a key  
audit matter.

•  To address the risk around existence and cut-off 

of revenue, on a sample basis, revenue around the 
period end was tested against underlying supporting 
documentation, such as engagement letters, timecards, 
payments to temporary workers and monies received 
from the clients.

•  Cut-off was further addressed by reviewing timecards 

submitted after period end and ascertaining the period 
they relate to.

•  The completeness of revenue was tested by sampling 

timecards and tracing them to the revenue and accrued 
income and ensuring they have been recognised in the 
correct period.

•  A sample of credit notes raised in January 2022  
that relate to FY21 were reviewed in order to  
assess the validity of the sales invoices raised  
in the financial period.

Complex accounting on Managed Service Contracts

•  The period end rebate liabilities were tested by assessing 
estimates against the contacts and/or correspondences. 
The year-end rebate liability was further analysed against 
the prior period’s rebate liability in order to understand 
key movements in rebates and form an expectation on 
the liability position at the period end.

•  A sample of rebates were recalculated using the terms 
of the supplier contracts and/or correspondences and 
volume of placements obtained from the information 
held on the audited entity’s system.

Key observations 
We did not identify any indications that temporary or 
managed service revenue were materially misstated. 
The judgements and estimates applied were therefore 
consistent with our expectations.

Page_62

sTRATeGIC RePoRT | CoRPoRATe GoVeRnAnCe | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Key audit matter

Description

How we addressed the key audit matter in the audit

Compliance 
with laws and 
regulations
The accounting policy 
and related disclosures 
are shown in note 2 
and 20.

•  The Group is subject to both local and 
international legal and regulatory 
requirements that vary between the 
different industries and jurisdictions 
that the Group operates. The Group 
has an in-house legal team who assist 
management in the determination of 
its financial obligations.

In accordance with 
IAs 37 ‘Provisions, 
Contingent Liabilities 
and Contingent 
Assets’, provision is 
made for claims for 
potential and actual 
non-compliance with 
laws and regulations 
where there is a 
present obligation as a 
result of a past event 
that gives rise to a 
probable payment and 
when the quantum of 
the payment can be 
reliably estimated.

• 

•  The Group holds a number of balances 
in relation to its ongoing obligations 
to comply with the regulatory and 
legal environment – varying levels of 
judgement are required to estimate 
the impact of these on the financial 
statements.
 The key areas of compliance relate 
to workers’ rights, such as PAYe 
underpayment, national minimum 
wage, Fair Labour standards Act (UsA) 
and holiday pay.
 Provisions have been made for the 
expected cost of settling these 
matters, these are inherently 
judgemental.
 Any non-compliance may result in 
fines, unrecorded liabilities and 
reputational damage to the Group.
 The compliance with laws and 
regulations has been assessed 
as a significant risk of material 
misstatements and related disclosures 
and a key audit matter.

• 

• 

• 

•  We held meetings with the Group’s legal counsel to 
understand areas of non-compliance with laws or 
regulation and the progress of any significant ongoing 
legal areas.

•  We circulated legal confirmations to key external 

counsel to gain external confirmation of any potential 
claims or areas of non-compliance. 

•  The outcome of prior period claims has been evaluated 
against the current period provisions to gain assurance 
over the historical reliability and completeness of the 
liability.

•  We specifically assessed by brand, the Group’s policies 
and practices in relation to holiday pay, in the context 
of relevant legal requirements. We reviewed the basis 
and appropriateness of holiday pay accruals and level 
of pay-out by sampling contractors and employees to 
underlying contracts and system generated reports.
•  We assessed the Group’s control environment around 

national minimum wage compliance and made enquires 
to determine areas of potential exposure, inspecting 
and assessing associated correspondence. We evaluated 
and challenged management’s experts competence and 
exposure assessment.

Key observations 
We did not identify, either from external or internal 
sources, any material compliance issues not already 
included in the provisions.

Based on the work performed, we did not identify 
any inappropriate judgements or estimates made by 
management, all provisions fell within our range of 
potential outcomes.

We did not identify any disclosure deficiencies in relation 
to notes 2 and 20 that describes the degree of inherent 
uncertainty in the assumptions and estimates used in 
assessing the value of associated non-compliance provisions.

Page_63

ImPeLLAm GRoUP PLC_AnnUAL RePoRT AnD ACCoUnTs_2021

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Independent auditor’s report to the members of Impellam Group plc 
continued

OUR APPLICATION OF MATERIALITY
We apply the concept of materiality both in planning and performing our audit, and in evaluating the effect of misstatements. 
We consider materiality to be the magnitude by which misstatements, including omissions, could influence the economic 
decisions of reasonable users that are taken on the basis of the financial statements. 

In order to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that any misstatements exceed materiality, we use a lower 
materiality level, performance materiality, to determine the extent of testing needed. Importantly, misstatements below these 
levels will not necessarily be evaluated as immaterial as we also take account of the nature of identified misstatements, and the 
particular circumstances of their occurrence, when evaluating their effect on the financial statements as a whole. 

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole and performance 
materiality as follows:

2021

£1.45m

2020

£1.10m

5.0% of Adjusted Operating Profit2

3.5% of Adjusted Operating Profit

Adjusted Operating Profit is considered the most appropriate benchmark based on market practice 
and investor expectations. Adjusted operating profit is derived by adding back interest expense 
and income, impairments, and amortisation of brand values and client relationships from profit 
before tax.

Our materiality benchmark (Adjusted Operating Profit) has remained the same from the prior 52-
week period, although in the prior period we used an average of the last three periods to normalise 
profits for the impact on Covid-19.

our materiality percentage threshold has been increased from 3.5% in 2020 to 5% in 2021.  
We increased the percentage in the current period, following a change in benchmark from three 
period average profits in the prior period. We used auditor judgement to ensure the chosen 
percentage derived an appropriate materiality level in the context of the current period profits  
and trading activities.

£1,015k

£715k

70% of materiality

65% of materiality

The application of materiality at the individual account or balance level is set at an amount to 
reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and 
undetected misstatements exceeds materiality. 

The increase from 65% in 2020 to 70% in the current period is due to our improving knowledge of 
the Group, being our third period of audit, and improvement in the Group’s financial reporting and 
control environment over that time. These factors reduce the inherent risk of small uncorrected or 
undetected errors becoming material in aggregate.

GROUP MATERIALITY

Materiality

Basis

Rationale

Performance 
Materiality

Measure

Application

2 (See page 1 for definition).

Page_64

sTRATeGIC RePoRT | CoRPoRATe GoVeRnAnCe | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

PARENT COMPANY MATERIALITY

Materiality

Basis

Rationale

Performance 
Materiality

Measure

Application

2021

£1.38m

2020

£1.04m

net assets

net assets is considered the most appropriate benchmark as the Parent Company does not trade, 
and is focused on a share buyback programme that relies on sufficient reserves to achieve this. 
This has been capped at 95% of Group materiality stated above.

£964k

£676k

70% of materiality

65% of materiality

The application of materiality at the individual account or balance level is set at an amount to 
reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and 
undetected misstatements exceeds materiality. 

The increase from 65% in 2020 to 70% in the current period is due to the factors noted in our 
Group materiality rationale above.

Component materiality
We set materiality for each component of the Group based on a percentage of between 11.7% and 95.0% of Group materiality 
dependent on the size and our assessment of the risk of material misstatement of that component. Significant component 
materiality ranged from £170k to £1.38m. In the audit of each significant component, we further applied performance 
materiality levels of 70% of the component materiality to our testing to ensure that the risk of errors exceeding component 
materiality was appropriately mitigated.

Reporting threshold 
We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them all individual audit differences in excess of £58k (2020: 
£22k). We also agreed to report differences below this threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds.

OTHER INFORMATION
The directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information included in the 
Annual Report and Accounts other than the financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon. Our opinion on the financial 
statements does not cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in our report, we do not 
express any form of assurance conclusion thereon. Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider 
whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the course 
of the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material 
misstatements, we are required to determine whether this gives rise to a material misstatement in the financial statements 
themselves. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other 
information, we are required to report that fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

Page_65

ImPeLLAm GRoUP PLC_AnnUAL RePoRT AnD ACCoUnTs_2021

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Independent auditor’s report to the members of Impellam Group plc 
continued

OTHER COMPANIES ACT 2006 REPORTING
Based on the responsibilities described below and our work performed during the course of the audit, we are required by the 
Companies Act 2006 and IsAs (UK) to report on certain opinions and matters as described below.

Strategic and 
Directors’ report

Matters on which 
we are required 
to report by 
exception

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit: 

• 

• 

the information given in the Strategic report and the Directors’ report for the financial period 
for which the financial statements are prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and
the strategic report and the Directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with applicable 
legal requirements.

In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and Parent Company and its 
environment obtained in the course of the audit, we have not identified material misstatements  
in the strategic report or the Directors’ report.

We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the Companies 
Act 2006 requires us to report to you if, in our opinion: 

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Parent Company, or returns adequate 

• 

for our audit have not been received from branches not visited by us; or
the Parent Company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records 
and returns; or
• 
certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or
•  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.

RESPONSIBILITIES OF DIRECTORS
As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors’ responsibilities, the Directors are responsible for the preparation of the 
financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as the Directors 
determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due 
to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s and the Parent Company’s ability 
to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of 
accounting unless the Directors either intend to liquidate the Group or the Parent Company or to cease operations, or have no 
realistic alternative but to do so.

AUDITOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES FOR THE AUDIT OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance 
is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with IsAs (UK) will always detect a 
material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or 
in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these 
financial statements.

Extent to which the audit was capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with 
our responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material misstatements in respect of irregularities, including fraud. The extent to 
which our procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud is detailed below:

We obtained an understanding of the legal and regulatory frameworks that are applicable to Impellam Group plc. We 
determined that the most significant laws and regulations which are directly relevant to specific assertions in the financial 
statements are those related to the reporting framework (IFRs, UK GAAP and the Companies Act 2006), labour regulations and 
tax laws in key territories which the Group operates.

•  We understood how the Group is complying with those legal and regulatory frameworks by making enquiries of 

management and those responsible for legal and compliance procedures. We corroborated our enquiries through our 
review of board minutes, legal correspondence or confirmations (where relevant) and specific audit testing within significant 
component and full scope entities.

Page_66

sTRATeGIC RePoRT | CoRPoRATe GoVeRnAnCe | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

•  We obtained an understanding of the significant laws and regulations which the Group is affected by and understood 

how the Group is complying with the laws and regulations. This was corroborated against our review of board minutes, 
confirmations from legal counsel and audit procedures on provisions and compliance with laws and regulations.

•  We assessed the susceptibility of the Group’s financial statements to material misstatement, including how fraud might occur 
by meeting with management to understand where it is considered there was a susceptibility of fraud. our considerations 
included enquiries with component management and component auditors.

•  We also considered potential fraud drivers: including financial or other pressures, opportunity, and personal or corporate 
motivations. We considered the policies and controls that the Group has established to address risks identified, or that 
otherwise prevent, deter and detect fraud; and how senior management monitors those programmes and controls. Where 
the risk was considered higher, we performed audit procedures to address each identified fraud risk. These procedures 
included testing manual journals, testing compliance with laws and regulations and key areas of estimation uncertainty or 
judgement, for example: recoverability of trade debtors, valuation of accrued income at period-end, revenue recognition on 
temporary contractor revenue and complex contract accounting on managed service contracts as set out in the key audit 
matters section.

•  We also communicated relevant identified laws and regulations and potential fraud risks to all engagement team members 
and the component auditors, and remained alert to any indications of fraud or non-compliance with laws and regulations 
throughout the audit.

Our audit procedures were designed to respond to risks of material misstatement in the financial statements, recognising 
that the risk of not detecting a material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting from 
error, as fraud may involve deliberate concealment by, for example, forgery, misrepresentations or through collusion. There are 
inherent limitations in the audit procedures performed and the further removed non-compliance with laws and regulations is 
from the events and transactions reflected in the financial statements, the less likely we are to become aware of it.

A further description of our responsibilities is available on the Financial Reporting Council’s website at:  
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report.

USE OF OUR REPORT
This report is made solely to the Parent Company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the 
Companies Act 2006. our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Parent Company’s members those 
matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, 
we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Parent Company and the Parent Company’s members as a 
body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Mark Cardiff (Senior Statutory Auditor)
For and on behalf of BDO LLP, Statutory Auditor
London, UK  
5 April 2022

BDo LLP is a limited liability partnership registered in england and Wales (with registered number oC305127).

Page_67

 
ImPeLLAm GRoUP PLC_AnnUAL RePoRT AnD ACCoUnTs_2021

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Consolidated income statement

FoR THe 52 WeeKs enDeD 31 DeCemBeR 2021

Revenue
Cost of sales

Gross profit
Administrative expenses
Impairment losses from receivables

Operating profit/(loss)

Operating profit before impairments, amortisation of brand value and customer relationships
Amortisation of brand value and customer relationships
Impairment of goodwill
Impairment of other intangible assets

Operating profit /(loss)

Finance income
Finance expense 

Profit/(loss) before tax
Tax charge

Profit/(loss) for the period

Profit/(loss) for the period attributable to:
equity holders of the Parent Company
non-controlling interest

Earnings per share
Attributable to equity holders of the Parent Company:
– basic
– diluted

notes

3

15 

3 & 4 

3
13
12 
13 

3 & 4 

6 
7 

8 

24 

9

31 December
2021
£m

1 January
2021
£m

2,262.4
(1,995.4)

2,000.9
(1,772.8)

267.0
(244.2) 
(3.3) 

228.1
(239.5)
(3.6)

19.5

29.3
(9.8) 
– 
– 

19.5 

0.2 
(4.3) 

15.4 
(7.1)

8.3

8.2
0.1 

8.3

(15.0)

18.2
(11.0)
(16.6)
(5.6)

(15.0)

0.3
(5.7)

(20.4)
(1.0)

(21.4)

(21.4)
–

(21.4)

18.3p
18.3p

(46.2)p
(46.2)p

Page_68

sTRATeGIC RePoRT | CoRPoRATe GoVeRnAnCe | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

FoR THe 52 WeeKs enDeD 31 DeCemBeR 2021

Profit/(loss) for the period
Other comprehensive income:
Items that may be subsequently reclassified into income:
Foreign currency translation differences – foreign operations
Reduction in non-controlling interests

Total comprehensive income for the period, net of tax

Total comprehensive income for the period attributable to: 
equity holders of the Parent Company
non-controlling interest

31 December
2021
£m

notes

1 January
2021
£m

8.3

(21.4)

23
24

24

(1.4)
(0.3)

6.6

6.6
–

6.6

(2.0)
–

(23.4)

(23.4)
–

(23.4)

Page_69

ImPeLLAm GRoUP PLC_AnnUAL RePoRT AnD ACCoUnTs_2021

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Consolidated balance sheet

As AT 31 DeCemBeR 2021

Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
Right-of-use assets
Goodwill
other intangible assets
Financial assets
Deferred tax assets
Trade and other receivables

Current assets
Trade and other receivables
Tax receivable
Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Current liabilities
short-term borrowings
Lease liabilities
Trade and other payables
Tax payable
Provisions

Net current assets

Non-current liabilities
Long-term borrowings
Lease liabilities
Provisions
Deferred tax liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity
Issued share capital
share premium account

other reserves
Retained earnings

Total equity attributable to equity holders of the Parent Company

Non-controlling interest

Total equity

31 December
2021
£m

notes

1 January
2021
£m

10
11
12
13
14
21
15

15

16

18
11
17

20

19
11
20
21

22
22

23

24

4.2
15.9
128.9
85.3
1.7
8.3
0.9

245.2

605.5
0.9
90.9

697.3

942.5

0.1
5.1
568.7
0.7
8.3

582.9

114.4

101.9
11.4
3.8
18.7

135.8

718.7

223.8

0.5
30.1

30.6
116.9
76.2

223.7

0.1

223.8

5.1
21.3
129.1
96.2
1.6
10.3
3.3

266.9

563.9
2.8
117.9

684.6

951.5

0.1
9.2
558.0
0.5
7.2

575.0

109.6

119.0
17.3
3.3
18.1

157.7

732.7

218.8

0.5
30.1

30.6
118.3
70.2

219.1

(0.3)

218.8

The consolidated financial statements of Impellam Group plc (registered number: 06511961) on pages 68 to 112 were approved 
by the Board on 5 April 2022.

Tim Briant
Chief Financial Officer

Page_70

sTRATeGIC RePoRT | CoRPoRATe GoVeRnAnCe | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Consolidated statement of changes in equity

FoR THe 52 WeeKs enDeD 31 DeCemBeR 2021

Total share 
capital and share 
premium
(note 22)
£m

other reserves
(note 23)
£m

Total equity 
attributable to 
equity owners of 
the parent
£m

Retained 
earnings
£m

non-controlling
interest
(note 24)
£m

4 January 2020
Loss for the period
other comprehensive income (note 23)

Total comprehensive income in period
Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity
Purchase and cancellation of own shares (note 24)

1 January 2021

2 January 2021

Profit for the period
other comprehensive income from reducing the 

NCI component (note 24)

other comprehensive income from foreign 

currency translation (note 23)

Total comprehensive income in period
Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity
Purchase and cancellation of own shares (note 22)

30.6
–
–

–

–

30.6

30.6

–

–

–

–

–

120.3
–
(2.0)

(2.0)

–

118.3

118.3

–

–

(1.4)

(1.4)

–

31 December 2021

30.6

116.9

95.9
(21.4)
–

(21.4)

(4.3)

70.2

70.2

8.2

(0.3)

–

7.9

(1.9)

76.2

246.8
(21.4)
(2.0)

(23.4)

(4.3)

219.1

219.1

8.2

(0.3)

(1.4)

6.5

(1.9)

223.7

(0.3)
–
–

–

–

(0.3)

(0.3)

0.1

0.3

–

0.4

–

0.1

Total 
equity
£m

246.5
(21.4)
(2.0)

(23.4)

(4.3)

218.8

218.8

8.3

–

(1.4)

6.9

(1.9)

223.8

Page_71

ImPeLLAm GRoUP PLC_AnnUAL RePoRT AnD ACCoUnTs_2021

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Consolidated cash flow statement

FoR THe 52 WeeKs enDeD 31 DeCemBeR 2021

Cash flows from operating activities
Profit/(loss) before tax
Adjustments for:

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Amortisation of right-of-use assets
Amortisation of other intangible assets
Impairment of goodwill
Impairment of other intangible assets
Profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Finance income
Finance expense

(Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables
Increase in trade and other payables
Increase in provisions

Cash from operations
Tax paid

Net cash from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
Purchase of intangible assets
Receipt from lease debtors
Increase in other financial assets
Interest received

Net cash from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Drawdown of short-term borrowings
Repayment of short-term borrowings
Increase/(decrease) in overdraft
Purchase and cancellation of own shares
Interest paid on lease liabilities
Interest paid on borrowings
Repayment of lease liabilities

Net cash from financing activities

net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
opening cash and cash equivalents
Effect of foreign exchange rate movements

Closing cash and cash equivalents

Page_72

31 December
2021
£m

notes

1 January
2021
£m

15.4

(20.4)

10
11
13
12
13
4
6
7

20

10
13
26
14
6

26
26
26
22

26

26

16

2.4
7.0
15.1
–
–
(0.2)
(0.2)
4.3

43.8
(46.0)
12.1
2.0

11.9
(1.7)

10.2

(1.5)
(4.3)
1.7
–
0.2

(3.9)

292.0
(308.7)
1.0
(1.9)
(0.6)
(3.5)
(8.9)

(30.6)

(24.3)
117.9
(2.7)

90.9

2.8
9.5
17.6
16.6
5.6
(0.2)
(0.3)
5.7

36.9
8.1
50.8
1.4

97.2
(2.7)

94.5

(1.2)
(2.3)
3.2
(0.1)
0.3

(0.1)

167.1
(213.4)
(36.1)
(4.3)
(0.8)
(4.6)
(11.5)

(103.6)

(9.2)
132.3
(5.2)

117.9

sTRATeGIC RePoRT | CoRPoRATe GoVeRnAnCe | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

FoR THe 52 WeeKs enDeD 31 DeCemBeR 2021

1. CORPORATE INFORMATION
The financial statements of Impellam Group plc and all of its subsidiaries (‘the Group’) for the 52 weeks ended 31 December 
2021 were authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 5 April 2022 and the balance sheet was signed on behalf of the 
Board by Tim Briant.

The Group provides staffing solutions, human capital management and outsourced people-related services from offices located 
in the UK, Ireland, north America, mainland europe, Australia and new Zealand.

Impellam Group plc (‘the Company’) is a public limited company incorporated and registered in england and Wales and domiciled 
in the UK under the Companies Act 2006 with a listing on the London Stock Exchange, trading on AIM.

Its registered office is located at:
800 The Boulevard  
Capability Green  
Luton
Bedfordshire LU1 3BA  
United Kingdom

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of preparation and going concern
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis in accordance with UK adopted 
international accounting standards. In coming to their conclusion the Directors have considered the Group’s profit and cash flow 
plans for the coming period, together with outline projections for 2023 and 2024. The Group had a net debt position of £15.0m 
(excluding IFRS 16 lease liabilities) and has a further £73.5m available to drawdown on the Group’s revolving credit facility (see 
note 27). The amount of borrowing required to fund the Group’s activities is determined based on these projections, together 
with expected returns to shareholders and planned capital expenditure. Also considered is the projection of compliance with 
the financial covenants implied by these plans. In addition, these figures are tested for sensitivity to possible changes to the 
economic environments in which the Group operates. The Group has no operations in Ukraine or surrounding regions and 
therefore there is no direct impact on the Group’s trading, however, any indirect impact such as a worsening in economic 
conditions, would represent such a sensitivity. The impact on Group liquidity and covenants of each of these sensitivities is then 
considered together with the likelihood of each of these occurring either individually or in combination. Given this analysis, the 
Directors have determined that there are no likely downside scenarios which would cause the Group a concern.

Following the september 2021 assessment by the IFRs Interpretations Committee of ‘Cash received via electronic transfer as 
settlement for financial assets’, the Group has reassessed its policy for the treatment of BACs. BACs receipts are now recognised 
on a settlement rather than remittance basis. The prior period comparatives have not been restated for this change as the 
impact on both trade receivables and cash was not material to the prior period. Further, the change has had no impact on 
profit recognised in either period, and the change has had no significant impact on key performance indicators or on covenant 
compliance. 

The financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except where otherwise identified and as modified 
for the revaluation of certain financial assets at fair value through the income statement. The principal accounting policies 
adopted are set out below. The financial statements are presented in Pound Sterling and all values are rounded to the nearest 
£0.1 million (£0.1m) except where otherwise indicated. Foreign operations are included in accordance with note 2(C) below.

Any references to 2021 in these statements refer to the 52-week financial period ended 31 December 2021. Any references to 
2020 in these statements refer to the 52-week financial period ended 1 January 2021.

Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements comprise the financial statements of the Group as at 31 December 2021. The financial 
statements of subsidiaries are prepared for the same reporting period as the Parent Company. each company, including the 
parent, uses locally applicable generally accepted accounting practice (‘GAAP’) for the preparation of their individual financial 
statements. Adjustments are made to bring these into line with the IFRS policies adopted by the Group, as required. Subsidiaries 
are consolidated from the date on which the Group obtains control using the acquisition method and cease to be consolidated 
from the date on which the Group ceases its control. Accounting policies have been applied consistently.

Page_73

ImPeLLAm GRoUP PLC_AnnUAL RePoRT AnD ACCoUnTs_2021

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

FoR THe 52 WeeKs enDeD 31 DeCemBeR 2021

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES ConTInUeD
Basis of consolidation continued 
A component of the Group’s business is classified as a discontinued operation if the operations and cash flows of the component 
can be clearly distinguished, operationally and for financial reporting purposes, from the rest of the Group and if the component 
either has been or is classified as held for sale, and:

• 
• 
• 

represents a separate major line of business or geographical area of operations;
is part of a single co-ordinated plan to dispose of a separate major line of business or geographical area of operations; or
is a subsidiary acquired exclusively with a view to resale.

When an operation is classified as a discontinued operation the consolidated income statement and consolidated cash flow 
statement are restated and presented as if the operation has been classified as such from the start of the comparative year.

A) Changes in accounting policies and disclosures
New standards, amendments and interpretations effective in financial year 2021

• 

Interest Rate Benchmark Reform Phase 2 – Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39, IFRS 7, IFRS 4 and IFRS 16

The above amendment has not materially impacted the Group’s results. The Group adopted Covid-19-related Rent Concessions – 
Amendments to IFRs 16 in the prior period.

Standards and interpretations to existing standards that are not yet effective and have not been early adopted by the Group
The following new standards and interpretations to existing standards have been published that are mandatory for the Group’s 
future accounting and effective for the Group as follows, which are all effective for periods starting on or after 31 December 
2021 or later periods:

•  Property, Plant and equipment: Proceeds before intended use – Amendments to IAs 16
•  Reference to the Conceptual Framework – Amendments to IFRs 3
•  Covid-19-Related Rent Concessions beyond 30 June 2021 – Amendment to IFRs 16 Leases
• 
• 
•  Onerous Contracts – Cost of Fulfilling a Contract – Amendments to IAS 37
•  Annual Improvements to IFRs standards 2018-2020
•  Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current – Amendments to IAS 1

 Definition of Accounting Estimates - Amendments to IAS 8
 Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising from a Single Transaction – Amendments to IAS 12

The above standards and interpretations are not expected to materially impact the Group’s results.

B) Significant accounting judgements and estimates
In applying the Group’s accounting policies, the following judgements and estimates have been made that may have a significant 
effect on the amounts recognised in the financial statements in the current or future years:

i) Judgements
Agent versus principal
The Group assesses whether it is acting as agent or principal depending on whether the client has a direct relationship with the 
Group, whether the Group has the primary responsibility for providing the services and whether the Group contracts directly 
with either the worker placed or any other recruitment agency. Account is also made of the degree of latitude the Group has in 
establishing the charging rates with all parties.

Where the Group provides a managed service, in which it acts as agent for the client (which is mainly managed services 
contracts), the amount of revenue recognised is limited to the management fee receivable for that service after making 
provision for any losses foreseen, volume rebates and amounts payable under gain-share arrangements rather than the full 
amount invoiced. Trade receivables and payables related to these sales are recorded at full invoice value.

Lease end dates
IFRS 16 Leases requires a lessee to determine whether it is reasonably certain: to exercise an option to extend the term 
of the lease; to exercise an option to purchase the underlying asset at the end of the lease; or not to exercise an option to 
terminate the lease early. The Group makes this assessment to derive an expected lease term, which may not be the same as 
the contractual term of the lease. This has led to a level of judgement over the leases in our portfolio on the expected lease 
termination date. Depending on the circumstances of the individual lease, the Group has taken either the break date (for those 
circumstances where the Group is reasonably certain to exercise the break), the actual lease end date or an estimate of how long 
the Group will stay in a property for those leases which have been held over at the end of the year.

Page_74

sTRATeGIC RePoRT | CoRPoRATe GoVeRnAnCe | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Ageing of borrowing
The Group has signed up to a revolving credit facility which is committed until at least December 2024 (note 27). Borrowings 
made under this facility are over a set period, which is usually less than a year, but are available to be renewed as and when 
they fall due. The Group assesses if any element of this borrowing would be due in less than one year based upon optimal cash 
holding positions and planned repayments of the debt, in total, over the coming 12 months.

Deferred tax asset recoverability
The carrying amount of deferred income tax assets is reviewed at each balance sheet date and reduced to the extent that it is no 
longer probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow all or part of the deferred income tax asset to be utilised. 
Unrecognised deferred income tax assets are reassessed at each balance sheet date and are recognised to the extent that it has 
become probable that future taxable profit will allow the deferred tax asset to be recovered.

Software
Capitalised software costs are amortised from when the relevant software is ready and available for use. This requires 
judgement over when software has exited the testing phase and is normally determined by how many of the planned users have 
been migrated to the new platform. All costs relating to the ‘research’ phase of the software development cycle, together with 
costs not separately identifiable and attributable to particular program development, are expensed directly to administrative 
expenses in the income statement in the period in which they are incurred. Some software can be treated as “Software as a 
service” and so expensed as the service is provided rather than capitalised on spend and amortised over the useful economic life. 
The Group assesses the treatment of such software on a case-by-case basis with reference to facts including whether the right to 
transfer the software to another platform or to control the method of operation is within the control of the Group.

Post year end disposal of Corestaff
The Directors have disposed of Corestaff to swipejobs Inc. a US private digital staffing company and consider this to be a post 
balance sheet event. Under IFRs 5, there are certain criteria that are required to be met to allow a subsidiary to be considered 
to be Held for sale. The Directors have considered the criteria in IFRs 5 and have noted that whilst some of these had been met 
at the year end, the sale of Corestaff was not determined to be highly probable until after the period end date. As such, the 
Directors have considered that the transaction did not meet the criteria of Held for Sale in the financial period.

ii) Estimates
Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets
The Group determines whether goodwill and other intangible assets are permanently impaired on an annual basis or otherwise 
when changes in events or situations indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. This requires an estimation of 
the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which the assets are allocated. estimating the value-in-use requires the 
Group to make an estimate of the future cash flows from the cash-generating unit and also to choose a suitable discount rate 
in order to calculate the present value of those cash flows. More details of the carrying value and impairment review, including 
sensitivities, are given in notes 12 and 13.

Legal provision
The Group measures and recognises provisions related to pending litigation or other outstanding claims subject to negotiated 
settlement, mediation and arbitration. A significant level of estimation is required to quantify the possible ranges of financial 
settlement. Due to the inherent uncertainty in this evaluation process, actual losses may be different from the originally 
estimated provision (see note 20).

Lease interest rates
The Group has estimated the interest rates implicit in the lease when calculating the lease liability and related right-of-use 
asset under IFRs 16 Leases. Unless stipulated clearly when taking on the liability, the Group uses an incremental borrowing rate 
calculation to determine the relevant rate. Consideration is taken over the term of the lease, the credit risk of the acquirer and 
any specific risks relating to the assets acquired by an individual lease.

C) Currencies and foreign currency translation
The functional and presentational currency of the Company and its UK subsidiaries is Pound sterling. Foreign operations 
are located mainly in north America, europe, Australia and new Zealand, which use their local currencies as their 
functional currencies.

Page_75

ImPeLLAm GRoUP PLC_AnnUAL RePoRT AnD ACCoUnTs_2021

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

FoR THe 52 WeeKs enDeD 31 DeCemBeR 2021

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED 
C) Currencies and foreign currency translation continued
on consolidation, at the reporting date, the assets and liabilities of the Group’s foreign operations are translated into the 
presentation currency of the Group at rates ruling on the balance sheet date. Income and expense items are translated at 
average exchange rates monthly during the reporting period, as this is considered a reasonable approximation to actual 
translated rates.

The exchange differences arising from this retranslation are recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Other Comprehensive 
Income and accumulated to a foreign currency translation reserve in equity.

Transactions in foreign currencies are initially recorded in the functional currency using the rate of exchange ruling at the date 
of the transaction. At each balance sheet date, monetary assets and liabilities that are denominated in foreign currencies are 
retranslated at the rates prevailing on the balance sheet date. All differences are taken to the income statement.

Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rate 
as at the date of the initial transaction. non-monetary items measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated using 
exchange rates at the date when the fair value was determined.

Exchange differences on monetary items receivable from or payable to a foreign operation for which settlement is neither 
planned nor likely to occur, therefore forming part of the net investment in the foreign operation, and the tax charges and 
credits attributable to the exchange differences on these balances, are dealt with in the statement of comprehensive income 
and accumulated to a foreign currency translation reserve in equity.

D) Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and any impairment in value. Historical 
cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the items. Depreciation is calculated on
a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the asset as follows:

Freehold property: 
short leasehold property improvements: 
Furniture, fixtures and fittings: 

Computer equipment: 

over 50 years
over the term of the lease
 between three and ten years or to the end of the lease, whichever is 
shorter at the start of the asset’s life
between two and five years

The residual value and estimated useful lives of assets are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each balance sheet date.  
The carrying value of property, plant and equipment is reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances 
indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable.

An item of property, plant and equipment is derecognised upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected
to arise from the continued use of the asset. Any gain or loss arising on derecognition of the asset (calculated as the difference 
between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying value of the item) is included in the income statement in the period the item 
is derecognised.

E) Goodwill
Goodwill acquired in a business combination represents the excess of the consideration paid (at the date of exchange) over the 
fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired on the date of acquisition.

Acquisition-related costs are expensed to the income statement as incurred.

Goodwill is recognised as an asset in the consolidated balance sheet of the Group and is recorded at cost less any accumulated 
impairment losses. The carrying value of goodwill is reviewed for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in 
circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. Any impairment charge is recognised immediately in the income 
statement and is not subsequently reversed.

For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is, from the acquisition date, allocated to 
each of the Group’s cash-generating units (business segments) that is expected to benefit from the combination. Each group of 
cash-generating units to which the goodwill is so allocated represents the lowest level within the Group at which the goodwill 
is monitored for internal management purposes. Impairment is determined by assessing the recoverable amount of the cash-
generating unit to which the goodwill relates. Where the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit is less than the 
carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognised.

Page_76

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
sTRATeGIC RePoRT | CoRPoRATe GoVeRnAnCe | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

F) Other intangible assets
Other intangible assets represent the carrying value of brands and client relationships, identified on business combinations, and 
of computer software and licences. Carrying value is equal to cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment or, in the case of 
assets acquired through business combinations, fair value at date of acquisition less accumulated amortisation and impairment.

Brand values
Brands are defined as having finite useful lives and the costs are amortised on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful 
lives of each of the assets (ranging between three and twenty years). The expense is taken to the income statement through the 
‘depreciation and amortisation’ line within administrative expenses.

Client relationships
Client relationships are defined as having finite useful lives and the costs are amortised on a straight-line basis over the 
estimated useful lives of each of the assets (ten years). The expense is taken to the income statement through the ‘depreciation 
and amortisation’ line within administrative expenses.

Software
Externally acquired computer software and licences are capitalised at the costs incurred to acquire and bring into use the 
specific software. Internally generated computer software programs are capitalised to the extent that costs can be separately 
identified and attributed to particular software programs, measured reliably, and where the asset developed can be shown to 
generate future economic benefits and the Group intends to and has the technical ability and sufficient resources to complete 
development. Computer software and licences are defined as having finite useful lives and the costs are amortised on a straight-
line basis over the estimated useful lives of each of the assets, considered to be between three and five years. The expense is 
taken to the income statement through the ‘depreciation and amortisation’ line within administrative expenses.

Some software can be treated as “Software as a service” and so expensed as the service is provided rather than capitalised on 
spend and amortised over the useful economic life. The Group assesses the treatment of such software on a case-by-case basis 
with reference to facts including whether the right to transfer the software to another platform or to control the method of 
operation is within the control of the Group.

All costs relating to the ‘research’ phase of the software development cycle, together with costs not separately identifiable and 
attributable to particular program development, are expensed directly to administrative expenses in the income statement in 
the period in which they are incurred.

Impairment 
All intangible assets are also reviewed for impairment whenever there is an indication that the carrying amount may be impaired, 
or where the asset is not yet available for use. Useful lives are also examined on an annual basis and adjustments, where 
applicable, are made on a prospective basis.

G) Implementation costs
Costs directly attributable to the implementation of a contract and which can be separately identified and measured reliably 
are capitalised when income from that contract is virtually certain and where they relate directly to the specific contract and are 
directly incremental to the implementation. These costs are included within trade and other receivables on the balance sheet so 
long as the estimated future cash flows from the contract are not less than the capitalised amount. These capitalised costs are 
amortised over the life of the contract on a straight-line basis. If the contract becomes loss-making, any unamortised costs are 
written off immediately.

H) Financial assets
Financial assets are classified as ‘financial assets at fair value through the income statement’, ‘financial assets at fair value 
through other comprehensive income’, or as ‘financial assets at amortised cost’, as appropriate. The Group determines the 
classification of its financial assets at initial recognition and, where allowed and appropriate, re-evaluates this designation at 
each financial period end. When financial assets are recognised initially, they are measured at fair value, being the transaction 
price plus, in the case of financial assets not at fair value through the income statement, directly attributable transaction costs.

Page_77

ImPeLLAm GRoUP PLC_AnnUAL RePoRT AnD ACCoUnTs_2021

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

FoR THe 52 WeeKs enDeD 31 DeCemBeR 2021

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED
H) Financial assets continued
Investments
The Group’s investments are classified as held at fair value through the income statement. They are further classified as non- 
current unless management expects to dispose of the investment within 12 months of the balance sheet date. 

These investments relate to the deferred compensation plan detailed in note 2(P) below, where the employee’s entitlement is 
limited to the market value of the fund. on this basis, the use of fair value through the income statement is permitted because it 
eliminates a measurement inconsistency (‘accounting mismatch’) that would otherwise arise from measuring assets or liabilities 
or recognising the gains or losses on them on a different basis. Subsequent to initial recognition these investments are held 
at fair value; the fair values are based upon bid prices ruling at the balance sheet date. Fair value adjustments are recognised 
through the income statement.

I) Other non-current financial assets
Other non-current financial assets represent security deposits with non-financial institutions that have no fixed date of 
repayment and that are not expected to be repaid within the next 12 months. On initial recognition these assets are held at cost 
and subsequently at amortised cost.

Impairment
The Group assesses at each balance sheet date whether a financial asset is impaired by reference to any known evidence 
indicating that the Group may not be able to collect all amounts due in full.

J) Trade and other receivables
Trade receivables, which have various terms, are non-interest-bearing and are recognised and carried at fair value and 
subsequently measured at amortised cost, being the original invoice amount less an allowance for uncollectible amounts, credit 
notes and expected credit losses.

supplier Finance Arrangements (sFA) are utilised by the Group. These arrangements, organised by clients of the Group, are 
non-recourse and irrevocable as the trade receivable has been sold to the relevant bank providing the sFA. The designated 
trade receivable is duly derecognised in accordance with IFRs 9, with the associated cash payment debited to the Group’s cash 
position. The utilisation charge for drawing down on the sFA is included in interest costs and is recognised from the drawdown 
date to the contractual payment term of the relevant trade receivable subject to the arrangement. Any other trade receivables 
related to those clients, which have not been utilised for the sFA, remain within trade receivables and will be paid when due 
under the client payment terms. The cashflows arising from the derecognition of trade receivables under the SFA arrangements 
are treated as ‘movements in trade and other receivables’ and therefore form part of ‘cash from operations’.

The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses using a lifetime expected credit loss 
provision for trade receivables and contract assets. To measure expected credit losses on a collective basis, trade receivables 
and contract assets are grouped based on similar credit risk and ageing. The contract assets have similar risk characteristics to 
the trade receivables for similar types of contracts. The expected loss provision is based on the Group’s expectation of future 
credit losses over the current receivables balance. These expectations are based upon known issues affecting specific debtors as 
well as general forward-looking information on factors affecting the Group’s customers as a whole, as well as an awareness of 
the economic conditions in the countries where the Group operates. These risk factors are considered both on initial recognition 
of the receivable and as part of the ongoing assessment. If there has been a significant increase in the credit risk since the initial 
recognition then an increased loss provision is recognised.

Trade and other receivables also include contract assets which primarily arise either as costs incurred when implementing a new 
contract or where services have been provided but the amount incurred and margin earned has yet to be invoiced to the client 
due to timing of the completion of the performance obligation and are considered contract assets for disclosures required 
under IFRs 15 revenue from contracts with customers.

K) Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and short-term deposits in the consolidated balance sheet comprise cash at bank and in hand and short-term deposits with 
an original maturity of three months or less. For the purpose of the consolidated cash flow statement, cash and cash equivalents 
consist of cash and short-term deposits as defined above. BACs and similar electronic cash transfers are recognised on a 
settlement basis. Bank overdrafts are used as a form of short term financing arrangement for the Group and are shown within 
trade and other payables on the consolidated balance sheet and disclosed as a financing activity on the consolidated statements 
of cash flows.

Page_78

sTRATeGIC RePoRT | CoRPoRATe GoVeRnAnCe | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

L) Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables are classified as financial liabilities and measured at amortised cost which approximates to the fair 
value. The balances are not interest-bearing.

M) Taxes
Current tax
Current tax assets and liabilities for the current and prior periods are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from 
or paid to the taxation authorities. The tax rates and the tax laws used to compute the amount are those that are enacted or 
substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.

Deferred tax
Deferred income tax is provided, using the liability method, on temporary differences at the balance sheet date between the 
tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes. Deferred income tax liabilities are 
recognised for all taxable temporary differences, except:

•  where the deferred income tax liability arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or of an asset or liability in a transaction 
that is not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor taxable profit 
or loss; and
in respect of taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, where the timing of the reversal 
of the temporary differences can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the 
foreseeable future.

• 

Deferred income tax assets are recognised on an undiscounted basis for all deductible temporary differences, carry-forward of 
unused tax credits and unused tax losses, to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the 
deductible temporary differences and the carry-forward of unused tax credits and unused tax losses can be utilised except:

•  where the deferred income tax asset relating to the deductible temporary difference arises from the initial recognition of 

• 

an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the 
accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss; and
in respect of deductible temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, deferred tax assets are 
recognised only to the extent that it is probable that the temporary differences will reverse in the foreseeable future and 
taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilised.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the period when the 
asset is realised or the liability is settled, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted 
at the balance sheet date. Income tax relating to items recognised directly in equity is recognised in equity and not in the 
income statement. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset if a legally enforceable right exists to set off current tax assets 
against current tax liabilities and the deferred taxes relate to the same taxable entity and the same taxation authority.

Deferred tax liabilities are not recognised on unremitted earnings from subsidiaries where the Group can control the timing of 
the reversal and the temporary difference is not expected to reverse in the foreseeable future.

Sales taxes
Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of sales tax except:

•  where the sales tax incurred on a purchase of goods or services or assets is not recoverable from the taxation authority, 
in which case the sales tax is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of the asset or as part of the expense item as 
applicable; and
receivables and payables that are stated with the amount of sales tax included.

• 

The net amount of sales tax recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation authority is included as part of receivables or payables 
in the balance sheet.

N) Provisions
Provisions, such as those over property or ongoing legal cases, are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive 
obligation as a result of past events; it is more likely than not that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation; 
and the amount has been reliably estimated.

If the effect of the time value of money is material, provisions are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at 
a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money. When discounting is used, the increase in the 
provision due to the passage of time is recognised as an interest expense in the income statement.

Page_79

ImPeLLAm GRoUP PLC_AnnUAL RePoRT AnD ACCoUnTs_2021

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

FoR THe 52 WeeKs enDeD 31 DeCemBeR 2021

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED
N) Provisions continued
As part of the normal course of business the Group is exposed to various claims. Provisions are made for amounts that satisfy 
the recognition criteria in IAs 37 and accordingly are not recognised when the likelihood of any claim being settled and the 
associated settlement amount cannot be estimated.

O) Financial liabilities
Financial liabilities are classified on initial recognition as either ‘financial liabilities at fair value through the income statement’ or 
‘at amortised cost’. All Group borrowings have initially been recognised as ‘at amortised cost’ and measured at fair value
of the consideration received less directly attributable issue costs.

After initial recognition, interest-bearing borrowings are subsequently measured at amortised cost. This cost is computed
as the amount initially recognised minus principal repayments, plus or minus the cumulative amortisation, using the effective 
interest rate method of any difference between the initially recognised amount and the maturity amount. Amortised cost
is calculated by taking into account any issue costs, and any discount or premium on settlement.

Gains and losses are recognised in the income statement when the liabilities are derecognised as well as through the 
amortisation process.

A financial liability is derecognised when the obligation under the liability is discharged, cancelled or expires.

P) Employee benefits
Short-term benefits – bonus arrangements
The Group operates a number of annual bonus arrangements for Directors and employees. The cost of these arrangements is 
recognised in the income statement when the entity has an obligation to make such payments as a result of the achievement of 
Board-approved performance targets and when a reliable estimate of this obligation can be made.

Defined contribution pension obligations
The Group provides pension arrangements for its UK-based Directors and employees through defined contribution schemes 
administered by third party providers. The Group has no further payment obligations once the contributions have been made. 
Contribution costs are expensed to the income statement as they become due.

Other post-employment obligations
In the Us, the Group operates a deferred compensation plan for certain key employees. The plan allows the employee to defer 
receipt of a portion of their emoluments together with, in some cases, a contribution from the Group. The deferred amounts 
plus the Group contribution are paid into an external trust fund. Employees’ entitlement is limited to the market value of 
the fund; therefore, both the investment and the liability to the employee are marked to market on an annual basis, with 
movements passing through the administrative expenses line (salaries and wages) in the income statement.

Q) Leases
All leases are accounted for by recognising a right-of-use asset and a lease liability except for leases of low-value assets and 
leases with an expected full term of 12 months or less.

Lease liabilities are measured at the present value of the unpaid contractual payments over the recognised lease term, with 
the discount rate determined by reference to the rate inherent in the lease unless (as is typically the case) this is not readily 
determinable, in which case the Group’s incremental borrowing rate on commencement of the lease is used.

On initial recognition, the carrying value of the lease liability also includes amounts expected to be payable under any residual 
value guarantee; the exercise price of any purchase option granted in favour of the Group if it is reasonably certain to exercise 
that option; and any penalties payable for terminating the lease, if the term of the lease has been estimated on the basis of the 
termination option being exercised.

Right-of-use assets are initially measured at the amount of the lease liability, reduced for any lease incentives received, and 
increased for lease payments made at or before commencement of the lease and initial direct costs incurred. subsequent to 
initial measurement, lease liabilities increase as a result of interest charged at a constant rate on the balance outstanding and 
are reduced for lease payments made. Right-of-use assets are amortised on a straight-line basis over the remaining term of the 
lease or over the remaining economic life of the asset if this is judged to be shorter than the lease term.

Page_80

sTRATeGIC RePoRT | CoRPoRATe GoVeRnAnCe | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

When the Group revises its estimate of the term of any lease, it adjusts the carrying amount of the lease liability to reflect the 
payments to make over the revised term, which are discounted at a revised discount rate that is implicit in the lease for the 
remainder of the lease term. The carrying value of lease liabilities is similarly revised if any variable element of future lease 
payments dependent on a rate or index is revised. In both cases, an equivalent adjustment is made to the carrying value of the 
right-of-use asset, with the revised carrying amount being amortised over the remaining lease term.

When the Group renegotiates the contractual terms of a lease with the lessor, the accounting depends on the nature of the 
modification. If the renegotiation results in one or more additional assets being leased for an amount similar to the standalone 
price for the additional rights-of-use obtained, the modification is accounted for as a separate lease in accordance with the 
above policy. In all other cases where the renegotiation increases the scope of the lease (whether that is an extension to the 
lease term, or one or more additional assets being leased), the lease liability is remeasured using the discount rate applicable 
on the modification date, with the right-of-use asset being adjusted by the same amount. If the renegotiation results in a 
decrease in the scope of the lease, both the carrying amount of the lease liability and right-of-use asset are reduced by the same 
proportion to reflect the partial or full termination of the lease with any difference recognised in profit or loss. The lease liability 
is then further adjusted to ensure the carrying amount reflects the amount of the renegotiated payments over the renegotiated 
term, with the modified lease payments discounted at the rate applicable on the modification date. The right-of- use asset is 
adjusted by the same amount.

Right-of-use assets are reviewed regularly to ensure that the useful economic life of the asset is still appropriate based on the 
usage of the asset. Where the asset has reduced in value the Group considers the situation on an asset-by-asset basis and either 
treats the reduction as an acceleration of depreciation or as an impairment under IAs 36 Impairment of Assets. An acceleration 
of depreciation occurs in those cases where there is no opportunity or intention to utilise the asset before the end of the lease. 
An impairment is recognised in those few cases where the current value-in-use of the asset is significantly less than the carrying 
amount and there is no intention or opportunity known of that mitigates this impairment.

For contracts that both convey a right to the Group to use an identified asset and require services to be provided to the Group 
by the lessor, the Group has elected to account for the entire contract as a lease.

Where the Group acts as a lessor by sub-letting specific leases, each such lease is classed either as a finance lease, if the sub-let 
transfers substantially all the risks and rewards of the underlying asset to the lessee, or an operating lease, if not. The Group 
endeavours to ensure that any sub-lease covers the full remaining term of the lease.

Where the Group recognises an asset from a finance lease, such asset replaces the right-of-use asset arising from the head lease 
and is recorded as a receivable called net investment in the lease. subsequent to initial measurement, the net investment in the 
lease increases as a result of interest charged at a constant rate on the balance outstanding and is reduced for lease payments 
made. These assets are reviewed for recoverability using the simplified arrangements under the expected credit loss model 
creating a lifetime expected credit loss provision.

Where the Group recognises an operating lease, lease payments received are treated as income on a straight-line basis.

R) Revenue
Revenue derived from temporary staffing services is recognised and accrued by reference to hours worked (representing the 
service provided) in accordance with submitted authorised timesheets and pre-agreed charge rates (which include an element 
of salary and related costs) which are together used to determine the transaction price. This applies both when there is a direct 
supply as well as when there is supply of a managed service to the client, as the timing of performance obligations and the 
raising of invoices can vary. Timesheets are submitted mainly on a weekly basis, with a limited number being submitted either 
daily or monthly, so any variable aspect of contract assets is limited due to the financial period finishing at the end of a week.

The Group assesses whether it is acting as agent or principal depending on whether the client has a direct relationship with the 
Group, whether the Group has the primary responsibility for providing the services and whether the Group has control of or 
holds the inventory risk over the worker placed.

Where the Group acts as a principal in the supply, revenue is recognised as the gross amount due, net of applicable sales taxes, rebates 
and discounts and after eliminating sales made within the Group. Where the Group provides a service in which it acts as agent for the 
client, the amount of revenue recognised is limited to the management fee receivable for that service after making provision for any 
losses foreseen, volume rebates and any other amounts payable rather than the full amount invoiced. Trade receivables and payables 
related to these sales are recorded at full invoice value. The Group does conduct business on both a principal and an agent basis and 
each new contract is reviewed to identify the most appropriate basis. most segments within the Group act as principals as they have 
the primary relationship with the worker placed and can control when and where they are placed. The examples of the agent-basis 
relationship are all found in the Global managed services segment. These contracts have secondary relationships with the 

Page_81

ImPeLLAm GRoUP PLC_AnnUAL RePoRT AnD ACCoUnTs_2021

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

FoR THe 52 WeeKs enDeD 31 DeCemBeR 2021

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES ConTInUeD
R) Revenue continued
workers placed and act more as intermediaries for providing services regarding administering and processing rather than sourcing 
the individual workers. The contractual obligations around both the billing of clients and payments to suppliers in these cases also 
highlight the lack of control over the specific service provided and so reinforces the recognition of revenue on an agent basis.

Revenue derived from permanent placements is recognised and accrued when the employment of the individual commences 
with provision made for potential refunds which can be payable if the placement is terminated within a set period ranging from 
14 to 100 days. Revenue recognised from a permanent placement uses a transaction price typically based on a percentage of 
the candidate’s remuneration package and is recognised when the candidate commences work with the client, which is the only 
performance obligation and point at which control was transferred involved in the supply.

For revenue derived from both temporary staffing and permanent placements, payment is due following the completion of 
the performance obligations and an agreed period of credit dependent on the agreed contract with the client. other revenue, 
including fees received for one-off services which are not dependent on hours worked or placed workers, is recognised when all 
parties agree the relevant performance obligations have been performed. Interest income receivable on deposits with financial 
institutions is recognised on an accrued basis. Contract liabilities are recognised when an invoice has been raised in advance of 
the service provision discussed above.

S) Borrowing costs
Borrowing costs are recognised as an expense when incurred unless they are qualifying assets under IAS 23 Borrowing costs 
when they are capitalised.

T) Equity instruments
The Ordinary shares issued by the Company are classified as equity. They are recorded as the proceeds received, net of direct 
issue costs.

Where any Group company purchases the Company’s equity instrument (treasury shares), the consideration paid, including any 
directly attributable incremental costs (net of taxes) is deducted from equity attributable to the Company’s equity shareholders, 
until the shares are cancelled or reissued. Upon cancellation, a reserve equal to the nominal value of the shares is transferred 
from retained earnings into a capital redemption reserve.

U) Retained earnings
Retained earnings represents all other net gains and losses and transactions with owners which are not recognised elsewhere.

V) Dividend distribution policy
Dividend distributions to the Company’s shareholders are recognised as an expense in the Group financial statements in the 
period in which the dividends are paid or approved by the Company’s shareholders.

W) Government grants
Government grants are recognised against expenses in the period in which they are intended to compensate. Grants are only 
recognised when there is reasonable assurance that any conditions attached to the grant will be complied with and that the 
grant will be received.

3. SEGMENT INFORMATION
The Group is reporting under IFRS 8 Operating Segments which requires that the Group firstly:

• 

identifies its ‘Chief Operating Decision Maker’ (‘CODM’), which has currently been assessed as the Group Chief Executive 
Officer who, along with the ‘Leadership Team’, reviews the Group’s internal reporting in order to assess performance and 
allocate resources; and secondly

•  by reference to the information supplied to the CoDm, identify its operating segments and, from these, identify its 

reportable segments.

The CODM discusses performance with management of the following reportable segments on a revenue and gross profit 
basis only:

•  Global managed services
•  sTem
•  Regional Specialist Staffing
•  Healthcare

Page_82

sTRATeGIC RePoRT | CoRPoRATe GoVeRnAnCe | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

There is a change in segmental analysis from the prior year as Global Talent Acquisition and managed Workforce solutions 
changed its name to Global Managed Services, and Global Specialist Staffing was removed in favour of STEM to better reflect the 
management structures. The new STEM sector includes most of what was in Global Specialist Staffing, an element of Regional 
Specialist Staffing as well as some other elements transferring to and from the other segments. The prior year segmental 
reporting has been restated to incorporate these changes.

The CoDm does not review balance sheet reports in detail by segment, only in total for the Group. As such, no information 
relating to assets and liabilities on a segmental basis has been presented.

31 December 2021
Global managed services
sTem
Regional Specialist Staffing
Healthcare
Inter-segment revenues

Operating segments

Restated

1 January 2021
Global managed services
sTem
Regional Specialist Staffing
Healthcare
Inter-segment revenues

Operating segments

Revenue
£m

Gross profit
£m

838.7
759.6
430.7
295.3
(61.9)

79.2
81.8
62.3
43.7
–

2,262.4

267.0

Revenue
£m

Gross profit
£m

745.8
712.2
356.4
231.3
(44.8)

71.4
65.1
49.8
41.8
–

2,000.9

228.1

The CoDm also discusses performance with management of the following geographic segments plus an allocation of shared 
costs and corporate costs:

•  UK & europe
•  north America
•  Asia Pacific

31 December 2021
UK & europe
north America
Asia Pacific

Operating segments

1 January 2021
UK & europe
north America
Asia Pacific

Operating segments

Revenue
£m

Gross profit
£m

1,741.4
456.3
64.7

2,262.4

172.5
76.5
18.0

267.0

Revenue
£m

Gross profit
£m

1,539.5
401.5
59.9

2,000.9

140.7
70.5
16.9

228.1

Adjusted 
operating 
profit
£m

24.5
10.1
2.2

36.8

Adjusted 
operating 
profit
£m

8.1
13.4
1.8

23.3

Page_83

ImPeLLAm GRoUP PLC_AnnUAL RePoRT AnD ACCoUnTs_2021

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

FoR THe 52 WeeKs enDeD 31 DeCemBeR 2021

3. SEGMENT INFORMATION ConTInUeD
Reconciliation of segment adjusted operating profit to profit from continuing operations is as follows:

Segment adjusted operating profit
Corporate costs

Adjusted operating profit
Amortisation of brand value and customer relationships (note 13)
Impairment of goodwill (note 12)
Impairment of intangible assets (note 13)

Operating profit/(loss) from continuing operations
Finance income (note 6)
Finance expense (note 7)
Tax charge (note 8)

Profit/(loss) for the year

31 December
2021
£m

1 January
2021
£m

36.8
(7.5)

29.3
(9.8)
–
–

19.5
0.2
(4.3)
(7.1)

8.3

23.3
(5.1)

18.2
(11.0)
(16.6)
(5.6)

(15.0)
0.3
(5.7)
(1.0)

(21.4)

Where the Group places workers between operational segments, the relevant segments each record the gross revenue for 
placing the worker on an arm’s-length basis. An adjustment has been made to remove the impact of inter-segment revenues 
from the Group results.

The Group has adopted adjusted operating profit as its Alternative Performance Measure, to include depreciation and 
amortisation of assets but excluding amortisation of acquired intangibles.

Adjusted operating profit is not defined by IFRS and therefore may not be directly comparable with other companies’ alternative 
profit measures. It is not intended to be a substitute, or superior to, IFRS measurements of profit.

IFRs 15 requires entities to disaggregate revenue recognised from contracts with customers into relevant categories that depict 
how the nature, amount and cash flows are affected by economic factors. As a result, we consider the following information to 
be relevant:

Global 
Managed 
Services
£m

650.9
171.6
16.2

838.7

828.5
3.4
6.8

838.7

838.7

838.7

Regional
Specialist 
Staffing
£m

Healthcare
£m

Inter–segment
revenues
£m

Total
£m

332.7
98.0
–

430.7

421.6
9.1
–

430.7

430.7

430.7

246.8
–
48.5

295.3

286.4
8.0
0.9

295.3

295.3

295.3

(61.9)
–
–

1,741.4
456.3
64.7

(61.9)

2,262.4

(61.9)
–
–

2,203.0
40.8
18.6

(61.9)

2,262.4

(61.9)

2,262.4

(61.9)

2,262.4

STEM
£m

572.9
186.7
–

759.6

728.4
20.3
10.9

759.6

759.6

759.6

31 December 2021

Primary geographic markets
UK & europe
north America
Australasia

Total

Major service lines
Temporary placements
Permanent placements
other

Total

Timing of revenue recognition
service transferred at a point in time

Total

Page_84

sTRATeGIC RePoRT | CoRPoRATe GoVeRnAnCe | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Restated
1 January 2021

Primary geographic markets
UK & europe
north America
Australasia

Total

Major service lines
Temporary placements
Permanent placements
other

Total

Timing of revenue recognition
service transferred at a point in time

Total

Global 
managed 
services
£m

597.2
142.2
6.4

745.8

738.2
2.7
4.9

745.8

745.8

745.8

Regional 
specialist 
Staffing
£m

Healthcare
£m

Inter-segment
revenues
£m

284.6
71.8
–

356.4

350.6
4.9
0.9

356.4

356.4

356.4

177.8
–
53.5

231.3

224.8
6.0
0.5

231.3

231.3

231.3

(44.8)
–
–

(44.8)

(44.8)
–
–

(44.8)

(44.8)

(44.8)

Total
£m

1,539.5
401.5
59.9

2,000.9

1,966.3
22.7
11.9

2,000.9

2,000.9

2,000.9

sTem
£m

524.7
187.5
–

712.2

697.5
9.1
5.6

712.2

712.2

712.2

The revenue information above is based on location of the Group entity directly involved in the supply.

4. OPERATING PROFIT/(LOSS)
a) Operating profit/(loss) has been arrived at after charging:

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment (note 10)
Amortisation of right-of-use assets (note 11)
Amortisation of intangible assets (note 13)
Impairment of goodwill (note 12)
Impairment of intangible assets (note 13)
Profit on disposal of fixed assets
Minimum lease payments recognised as an operating lease expense (note 11)
Charge for bad and doubtful trade receivables (note 15)

31 December
2021
£m

1 January
2021
£m

2.4
7.0
15.1
–
–
(0.2)
0.7
3.3

2.8
9.5
17.6
16.6
5.6
(0.2)
0.3
3.6

Operating profit is stated net of £0.5m (2020: £7.4m) income received from governments globally in respect of various support 
schemes following the Covid-19 pandemic.

b) Auditor’s remuneration

Fees payable to the Auditor for the audit of the Group’s annual financial statements
Fees payable to the Group’s Auditor and their associates for other services:
The audit of the Company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation

Total

31 December
2021
£m

1 January
2021
£m

0.3

0.9

1.2

0.3

0.8

1.1

Page_85

ImPeLLAm GRoUP PLC_AnnUAL RePoRT AnD ACCoUnTs_2021

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

FoR THe 52 WeeKs enDeD 31 DeCemBeR 2021

5. EMPLOYMENT COSTS
a) Employees (including Directors) whose costs are included in administrative expenses
Costs of employment

Wages, salaries and bonuses
social security costs
Expenses related to defined contribution plan

Total

Monthly average number of employees

UK & europe
north America
Asia Pacific
Corporate staff (including Directors)

Total

31 December
2021
£m

1 January
2021
£m

157.5
14.4
2.9

174.8

31 December
2021
Number

1,894
623
179
11

2,707

134.3
12.2
3.4

149.9

1 January
2021
number

2,012
556
167
8

2,743

The table above includes a monthly average of zero staff who were placed on furlough during the period (2020: 262 staff). The 
year end number of staff was 2,900 (2020: 2,500).

b) Employees whose costs are included in cost of sales
In addition to the above, the Group employs some of the staff who are supplied to clients and whose costs are part of the 
Group’s cost of sales.

Costs of employment

Wages, salaries and bonuses
social security costs
Expenses related to defined contribution plan

Total

31 December
2021
£m

620.3
48.8
3.0

672.1

1 January
2021
£m

557.4
40.1
2.3

599.8

The costs above are net of government grants in respect to job support schemes that have been administered for staff supplied 
to clients. 

Monthly average number of employees

UK & europe
north America
Asia Pacific

Total

c) Information on Directors’ remuneration

The total emoluments for all Directors during the period were:

Emoluments (including benefits)
Contribution to defined contribution pension plans

Page_86

31 December
2021
Number

15,070
6,694
559

1 January
2021
number

12,717
5,474
353

22,323

18,544

31 December
2021
£m

2,053
92

2,145

1 January
2021
£m

1,102
91

1,193

sTRATeGIC RePoRT | CoRPoRATe GoVeRnAnCe | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Total emoluments:

31 December 2021

Lord m Ashcroft
J Robertson
T Briant
Ae entwistle
me ettling
m Laurie
Baroness T stowell

Total

1 January 2021

Lord m Ashcroft
J Robertson
T Briant
Ae entwistle
me ettling
m Laurie
Baroness T stowell

Total

Salary and 
benefits
£000

Pension 
contributions
£000

Total fixed 
costs
£000

50
477
314
40
49
40
40

1,010

–
68
24
–
–
–
–

92

50
545
338
40
49
40
40

1,102

salary and 
benefits
£000

Pension 
contributions
£000

Total fixed 
costs
£000

46
454
275
38
40
38
38

929

–
68
23
–
–
–
–

91

46
522
298
38
40
38
38

Bonus
£000

–
345
270
–
–
–
–

615

Bonus
£000

–
90
55
–
–
–
–

Deferred 
bonus
£000

Total variable
£000

Total 
emoluments
£000

–
233
195
–
–
–
–

428

–
578
465
–
–
–
–

1,043

50
1,123
803
40
49
40
40

2,145

Deferred 
bonus
£000

Total variable
£000

Total 
emoluments
£000

–
–
28
–
–
–
–

28

–
90
83
–
–
–
–

46
612
381
38
40
38
38

173

1,193

1,020

145

All pension payments relate to defined contribution schemes.

The total emoluments for J Robertson and T Briant include benefits, both non-cash and cash, to the value of £95,000 (2020: 
£95,000) and £37,000 (2020: £36,000) respectively. The £40,000 (2020: £38,000) paid for the services of AE Entwistle as a Non-
Executive Director is paid to Deacon Street Partners Limited. The £49,000 (2020: £40,000) paid for the services of ME Ettling as 
a Non-Executive Director is paid directly to ME Ettling. No Director has been in receipt of either a loan from the Group or a long- 
term incentive plan in the current or prior periods.

6. TOTAL FINANCE INCOME

Bank interest receivable
Interest on lease debtors

Total finance income

7. TOTAL FINANCE EXPENSE

Revolving credit facilities
Lease interest payable
Unwind discount on provisions
Other interest expense

Total finance expense

31 December
2021
£m

1 January
2021
£m

0.1
0.1

0.2

0.2
0.1

0.3

31 December
2021
£m

1 January
2021
£m

3.4
0.6
0.2
0.1

4.3

4.4
0.8
0.3
0.2

5.7

Page_87

ImPeLLAm GRoUP PLC_AnnUAL RePoRT AnD ACCoUnTs_2021

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

FoR THe 52 WeeKs enDeD 31 DeCemBeR 2021

8. TAXATION
a) Tax charge in the income statement

Current income tax

UK corporation tax on results for the period
Adjustments in respect of previous periods

Foreign tax in the period
Adjustments in respect of previous periods

Total current income tax
Deferred tax charge/(credit)

Total tax charge in the income statement

The deferred tax credit comprises the following:

Utilisation of tax losses brought forward
Recognition of assets not previously recognised
Origination and reversal of other temporary differences
Change in tax rate used for deferred tax carried forward
Adjustment in respect of previous periods

Total deferred tax charge/(credit) (note 21)

31 December
2021
£m

1 January
2021
£m

2.8
(0.5)

2.3
1.6
–

3.9
3.2

7.1

0.8
(0.9)

(0.1)
2.1
(0.8)

1.2
(0.2)

1.0

31 December
2021
£m

1 January
2021
£m

2.0
(0.9)
(1.5)
3.1
0.5

3.2

5.4
–
(7.6)
1.6
0.4

(0.2)

b) Reconciliation of the total tax charge
The standard rate of Corporation Tax in the UK is 19%. Accordingly, the Group’s result from this period is taxed at an effective 
rate of 19.0% (2020: 19.0%). The tax charge for the period is £7.1m (2020: £1.0m) for the Group. A tax reconciliation explaining 
differences from the expected statutory rate is summarised below:

Tax charge at UK standard rate
Differences in tax rates in other countries
(Income)/expenses not taxable/allowable in determining taxable profits
Losses in period carried forward but not recognised as assets
Utilisation of losses not previously recognised (note 21)
Change in tax rate used for deferred tax carried forward
Adjustments to deferred tax in respect of previous periods
Adjustments in respect of previous periods

Effective total tax rate

31 December
2021
%

1 January
2021
%

19.0
0.9
9.6
0.9
(4.8)
20.2
3.5
(3.5)

45.8

19.0
(1.2)
(22.8)
1.2
 –
(7.7)
(1.8)
8.4

(4.9)

Income not taxable in determining taxable profits is comprised of various adjustments in respect of items not treated as taxable 
under local tax rules (such as non-deductible interest and capital costs in administrative expenses), plus expenses previously 
added back as non-deductible being treated as allowed for tax.

Adjustments in respect of previous periods (current and deferred) arise as a result of a reduction in non-tax-deductible expenses 
and estimated timing differences in the prior year filed tax returns. See note 21 for an explanation of deferred tax balances.

Page_88

sTRATeGIC RePoRT | CoRPoRATe GoVeRnAnCe | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Factors affecting tax charges in future periods
The Finance Act 2021 was substantively enacted on 24 May 2021 and included the increase to the UK corporation tax rate from 
19% to 25% effective from 1 April 2023. As such, UK deferred tax balances that are forecast to unwind after 1 April 2023 have 
been re-measured and recognised at 25%. The most significant impact has been to the deferred tax liability carried on intangible 
assets. Based on the current net book value of intangible assets and the related expected future amortisation charge to 1 April 
2023, the deferred tax liability has increased by approximately £2.5m.

9. EARNINGS PER SHARE
Basic earnings per share amounts are calculated by dividing the profit for the period attributable to the owners of the Company 
by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period.

Diluted earnings per share amounts are calculated on the same basis but after adjusting the denominator for the effects of 
dilutive options. The only dilutive effect relates to 19,841 shares owned by The Corporate Services Group Ltd Employee Share 
Trust which hold the shares remaining after various historic option plans lapsed. Excluding these shares, the weighted average 
number of shares in 2021 is 45,538,963 (2020: 46,208,380) and the fully diluted average number of shares is 45,558,804
(2020: 46,228,221). The calculations of both basic and diluted earnings per share (‘EPS’) are based upon the following 
consolidated income statement data:

Profit/(loss) for the period
Impairment of goodwill
Impairment of other intangible assets (net of tax)
Acquired intangibles amortisation (net of tax)

Total adjusted profit for the period

EPS – basic calculation

Total unadjusted basic earnings per share
Impairment of goodwill
Impairment of other intangible assets (net of tax)
Customer relationship and brand amortisation (net of tax)

Adjusted basic earnings per share1

31 December
2021
£m

1 January
2021
£m

8.3
–
–
7.7

16.0

(21.4)
16.6
4.5
8.6

8.3

31 December
2021
Pence

1 January
2021
Pence

18.3
–
–
17.0

35.3

(46.2)
36.0
9.8
18.6

18.2

1   Additional earnings per share calculations have been presented in order to provide information on the underlying performance of the Group before 

impairment of goodwill and intangible assets and the amortisation of customer relationships and brands.

EPS – diluted calculation

Total unadjusted diluted earnings per share
Impairment of goodwill
Impairment of other intangible assets (net of tax)
Customer relationship and brand amortisation (net of tax)

Adjusted diluted earnings per share1

31 December
2021
Pence

1 January
2021
Pence

18.3
–
–
16.9

35.2

(46.2)
36.0
9.8
18.6

18.2

1   Additional earnings per share calculations have been presented in order to provide information on the underlying performance of the Group before 

impairment of goodwill and intangible assets and the amortisation of customer relationships and brands.

Page_89

ImPeLLAm GRoUP PLC_AnnUAL RePoRT AnD ACCoUnTs_2021

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

FoR THe 52 WeeKs enDeD 31 DeCemBeR 2021

10. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Net carrying value – 4 January 2020

Cost – 4 January 2020
Additions
Disposals
Foreign exchange

Cost – 1 January 2021

Accumulated depreciation – 4 January 2020
Charge for the period
Disposals
Foreign exchange

Accumulated depreciation – 1 January 2021

Net carrying value – 1 January 2021

Cost – 2 January 2021
Additions
Disposals
Foreign exchange

Cost – 31 December 2021

Accumulated depreciation – 2 January 2021
Charge for the period
Disposals
Foreign exchange

Accumulated depreciation – 31 December 2021

Net carrying value – 31 December 2021

Freehold
property
£m

short leasehold
property
£m

Furniture, 
fixtures
and fittings
£m

Computer
equipment
£m

0.2

0.2
–
–
–

0.2

–
–
–
–

–

0.2

0.2
–
–
–

0.2

–
–
–
–

–

0.2

1.3

2.8
0.2
(0.1)
0.1

3.0

1.5
0.4
(0.1)
0.1

1.9

1.1

3.0
0.2
–
–

3.2

1.9
0.5
–
–

2.4

0.8

3.4

7.9
0.6
(1.0)
–

7.5

4.5
1.3
(1.0)
–

4.8

2.7

7.5
0.1
(0.9)
–

6.7

4.8
1.1
(0.9)
–

5.0

1.7

1.7

6.5
0.4
(1.6)
0.1

5.4

4.8
1.1
(1.6)
–

4.3

1.1

5.4
1.2
(1.7)
0.1

5.0

4.3
0.8
(1.7)
0.1

3.5

1.5

Total
£m

6.6

17.4
1.2
(2.7)
0.2

16.1

10.8
2.8
(2.7)
0.1

11.0

5.1

16.1
1.5
(2.6)
0.1

15.1

11.0
2.4
(2.6)
0.1

10.9

4.2

Included in computer equipment are assets with net carrying value of £0.1m (2020: £0.2m) held under a finance lease. 
Depreciation of £0.1m (2020: £0.1m) was charged on these assets.

11. LEASES
During the period, the Group accounted for 125 leased properties (2020: 149) under IFRS 16 across the jurisdictions in which 
it operates. In some jurisdictions it is customary for lease contracts to provide for payments to increase each year by inflation 
or at a fixed rate and in others to be reset periodically to market rental rates, whilst in others the periodic rent is fixed over the 
lease term. Some leases have provisions for early termination (see lease end dates judgements 2(B)i). The Group also leased 99 
vehicles (2020: 125), all of which have a fixed lease fee over the term. The weighted average incremental borrowing rate used to 
calculate the lease liability was 2.96% (2020: 2.80%).

of the 125 property leases accounted for under IFRs 16 during the period, 12% recognised future uplifts in rent (2020: 10%). 
Should the lease payments on these increase by 5% there could be a resulting increase in the right-of-use asset of £0.2m.

During the period, three leases which were sub-let in their entirety were assigned to the occupying tenant. As a result, there was 
an equal and opposite reduction in both the lease receivable and the lease liability positions of the Group. The last property the 
Group sub-let reached the termination date during the period and consequentially the Group has no lease receivable at the end 
of the period.

Page_90

Right-of-use assets

Net carrying value – 3 January 2020

Cost – 4 January 2020
Additions 
Disposals
Foreign exchange

Cost – 1 January 2021 

Accumulated depreciation – 4 January 2020
Charge for the period
Disposals
Foreign exchange

Accumulated depreciation – 1 January 2021

Net carrying value – 1 January 2021 

Cost – 2 January 2021 
Additions
Remeasurement
Disposals
Foreign exchange

Cost – 31 December 2021

Accumulated depreciation – 2 January 2021
Charge for the period
Disposals
Foreign exchange

Accumulated depreciation – 31 December 2021

Net carrying value – 31 December 2021

Lease receivables

Net carrying value – 3 January 2020

Additions
Interest
Receipts
Disposals
Foreign exchange

Net carrying value – 1 January 2021

Additions
Interest
Receipts
Disposals
Foreign exchange

Net carrying value – 31 December 2021

sTRATeGIC RePoRT | CoRPoRATe GoVeRnAnCe | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Land and
buildings
£m

Vehicles
£m

26.6

34.9
5.0
(4.6)
–

35.3

8.3
8.9
(2.8)
–

14.4

20.9

35.3
0.5
1.5
(4.0)
(0.2)

33.1

14.4
6.7
(3.8)
(0.1)

17.2

15.9

1.0

1.4
–
(0.2)
–

1.2

0.4
0.6
(0.2)
–

0.8

0.4

1.2
–
–
(0.5)
(0.1)

0.6

0.8
0.3
(0.5)
–

0.6

–

Land and
buildings
£m

Vehicles
£m

7.3

1.4
0.1
(3.2)
(1.4)
0.1

4.3

–
0.1
(1.7)
(2.5)
(0.2)

–

–

–
–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–

–

Total
£m

27.6

36.3
5.0
(4.8)
–

36.5

8.7
9.5
(3.0)
–

15.2

21.3

36.5
0.5
1.5
(4.5)
(0.3)

33.7

15.2
7.0
(4.3)
(0.1)

17.8

15.9

Total
£m

7.3

1.4
0.1
(3.2)
(1.4)
0.1

4.3

–
0.1
(1.7)
(2.5)
(0.2)

–

Page_91

ImPeLLAm GRoUP PLC_AnnUAL RePoRT AnD ACCoUnTs_2021

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

FoR THe 52 WeeKs enDeD 31 DeCemBeR 2021

11. LEASES ConTInUeD

Due in year 1
Due in year 2
Due in year 3

Undiscounted lease payments

Unearned finance income

Total lease receivables (note 15)

Current
non-current

Total lease receivables (note 15)

Lease liabilities

Net carrying value – 3 January 2020

Additions 
Interest
Payments
Disposals
Foreign exchange

Net carrying value – 1 January 2021 

Additions
Remeasurement
Interest
Payments
Disposals
Foreign exchange

Net carrying value – 31 December 2021

Current
non-current

Total lease liabilities (notes 27 and 28)

Due in year 1
Due in year 2 to 5
Due after year 5

Undiscounted lease payments

Unearned finance income

Total lease payables (notes 27 and 28)

Page_92

31 December
2021
£m

1 January
2021
£m

–
–
–

–

–

–

2.5
1.3
0.7

4.5

(0.2)

4.3

31 December
2021
£m

1 January
2021
£m

–
–

–

Land and
buildings
£m

Vehicles
£m

32.8

6.1
0.8
(10.8)
(3.0)
0.3

26.2

0.4
1.3
0.6
(9.0)
(2.7)
(0.4)

16.4

1.0

–
–
(0.7)
–
–

0.3

–
–
–
(0.2)
–
–

0.1

31 December
2021
£m

5.1
11.4

16.5

31 December
2021
£m

5.5
9.2
3.0

17.7

(1.2)

16.5

2.4
1.9

4.3

Total
£m

33.8

6.1
0.8
(11.5)
(3.0)
0.3

26.5

0.4
1.3
0.6
(9.2)
(2.7)
(0.4)

16.5

1 January
2021
£m

9.2
17.3

26.5

1 January
2021
£m

9.9
14.0
4.5

28.4

(1.9)

26.5

sTRATeGIC RePoRT | CoRPoRATe GoVeRnAnCe | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Included in operating lease expenditure for 2021 are expenses relating to leases which have not been recognised under IFRS 16. 
The value of expense recognised for low-value leases for the period is £0.7m (2020: £0.3m) and for short-term leases is £0.1m 
(2020: £nil).

12. GOODWILL

Opening balance at 3 January 2020
Impairment in the period
Foreign exchange and other movements

Closing balance at 1 January 2021

Foreign exchange and other movements

Closing balance at 31 December 2021

Cost
£m

Impairment
£m

net carrying 
value
£m

158.2
–
(2.3)

155.9

(0.2)

155.7

(10.2)
(16.6)
–

(26.8)

–

148.0
(16.6)
(2.3)

129.1

(0.2)

(26.8)

128.9

Goodwill acquired through business combinations has been allocated for impairment testing purposes to nine principal cash-
generating unit (‘CGU’) groups as follows:

Information technology

•  education
•  engineering
•  Healthcare
• 
•  online platform
•  science and clinical
•  UK General staffing
•  US Staffing
•  Vendor procurement

Foreign exchange and other movements to goodwill arises from the retranslation of goodwill balances held in foreign currencies 
relating to the acquisition of Bartech Holdings Corporation, in the US Staffing CGU.

No impairments were recognised over goodwill in the current period (2020: £16.6m across the Information technology, 
Engineering and Online platform CGUs). There was also no impairment against other intangible assets (2020: £5.6m against the 
brand value of the education CGU).

The carrying amount of goodwill and other indefinite assets allocated to cash-generating units at the period end is:

Healthcare
Information technology
science and clinical
UK General staffing
US Staffing

Total

31 December
2021
£m

1 January
2021
£m

7.9
11.4
8.5
28.6
72.5

7.9
11.4
8.5
28.6
72.7

128.9

129.1

Any CGU not shown above has no goodwill in the current or prior period. The Group tests this and other assets (note 13) for 
impairment on an annual basis, and otherwise when changes in events or situations indicate that the carrying value may not be 
recoverable. If such a test indicates that the carrying amount is too high, a recoverable amount is established for the asset, which 
is the higher of the fair value less costs to sell and the value in use.

The recoverable amount for each of the above CGUs has been determined based upon a value-in-use calculation. Value-in-use is 
established by discounting anticipated future cash flows attributable to each CGU that goodwill has been allocated to. Pre-tax 
cash flow projections are based on financial budgets approved by the Board covering the next financial period and high level 
management forecasts for the following four years with a perpetuity factor applied to the last forecast year.

Page_93

ImPeLLAm GRoUP PLC_AnnUAL RePoRT AnD ACCoUnTs_2021

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

FoR THe 52 WeeKs enDeD 31 DeCemBeR 2021

12. GOODWILL ConTInUeD
Key assumptions
The key assumptions are based upon a combination of market data tempered by our own historical experience. The calculation 
of value-in-use is most sensitive to the following assumptions:

•  Gross profit – this takes the average gross profit achieved in the two years preceding the start of the five plan years and 

adjusts, as appropriate, for anticipated changes to business mix and market conditions over the five plan years and range 
from 3.5% to 100.0% depending on the CGU;

•  Discount rate – this reflects the Directors’ estimate of an appropriate market rate of return taking into account the relevant 
risk factors; this has been adjusted to reflect current and expected future economic conditions as well as to account for 
geographic influences (see table below for rates);

•  Growth rate used to extrapolate beyond the plan year and terminal values are based upon the long-term average growth 

rate of the UK and Us economies and range from 1.0% to 9.0% depending on how long it is anticipated the CGU will take to 
recover from the impacts of Covid-19. Management recognises that the staffing and support services market growth rates 
fluctuate both above and below this rate; and

•  Terminal value growth rate – the cash flow projections include growth rates that are not expected to exceed the long-term 

growth rates of the UK and Us economies, currently 2.0% (2020: 2.0%).

Sensitivity to changes in assumptions
The impairment calculation is sensitive to changes in the above assumptions. sensitivity analyses were performed over each 
subsidiary CGU to model the effects of adverse changes in the forecasts and growth assumptions. The table below shows 
how the results of the impairment tests for each significant CGU (being those subject to impairment, having limited excess of 
recoverable amount over carrying amount, or representing a substantial amount of the total goodwill) would be impacted (with 
all other variables being equal) by an increase in discount rate of 0.5% or a decrease of 0.5% in the long-term growth rate. The 
impact of all of the scenarios together has also been considered and is disclosed in the final column.

education
Healthcare
Information technology
science and clinical
UK General staffing
US Staffing

Excess of
recoverable
amount over
carrying value
£m

1.6
9.2
24.4
15.8
13.1
75.1

Pre-tax
discount rate

0.5% increase
in discount rate
£m

13.9
13.9
13.9
13.9
13.9
16.5

(0.2)
(1.5)
(3.9)
(2.5)
(6.2)
(4.2)

Long-term
growth rates
decrease  
by 0.5%
£m

(1.2)
(7.4)
(6.9)
(3.7)
(11.9)
(14.8)

Increase in
impairment 
using
combined
sensitivity
£m

–
–
–
–
(4.0)
–

Combined
sensitivity
£m

(1.3)
(8.4)
(10.2)
(5.5)
(17.1)
(20.6)

The post-tax discount rate used for management’s best estimates in 2021 was between 11.3% and 12.0%. Management 
continues to monitor closely the performance of all CGUs and considers the impact of any changes to the key assumptions.

In conclusion, management believes that, other than shown above, there is no reasonable possible change in the underlying 
assumptions that would result in a further significant impairment charge in the consolidated income statement.

Page_94

sTRATeGIC RePoRT | CoRPoRATe GoVeRnAnCe | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

13. OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Net carrying value – 3 January 2020

Cost – 4 January 2020

Additions
Disposals
Impairment
Foreign exchange

Cost – 1 January 2021

Accumulated amortisation – 4 January 2020
Charge for the period
Disposals
Foreign exchange

Accumulated amortisation – 1 January 2021

Net carrying value – 1 January 2021

Cost – 2 January 2021
Additions
Disposals
Foreign exchange

Cost – 31 December 2021

Accumulated amortisation – 2 January 2021
Charge for the period
Disposals
Foreign exchange

Accumulated amortisation – 31 December 2021

Net carrying value – 31 December 2021

software
£m

Brand values
£m

Client
relationships
£m

17.4

34.7

2.3
(1.3)
–
(0.2)

35.5

17.3
6.6
(1.3)
–

22.6

12.9

35.5
4.3
(3.6)
(0.1)

36.1

22.6
5.3
(3.6)
(0.1)

24.2

11.9

77.8

84.6

–
–
(5.6)
(0.5)

78.5

6.8
6.1
–
(0.2)

12.7

65.8

78.5
–
–
–

78.5

12.7
5.9
–
0.1

18.7

59.8

22.6

54.7

–
–
–
(0.5)

54.2

32.1
4.9
–
(0.3)

36.7

17.5

54.2
–
–
–

54.2

36.7
3.9
–
–

40.6

13.6

Total
£m

117.8

174.0

2.3
(1.3)
(5.6)
(1.2)

168.2

56.2
17.6
(1.3)
(0.5)

72.0

96.2

168.2
4.3
(3.6)
(0.1)

168.8

72.0
15.1
(3.6)
–

83.5

85.3

Included in software additions for the 52 weeks ended 31 December 2021 are internally generated software development costs 
of £0.6m (2020: £0.7m) which have been capitalised at cost. These costs have been assessed as having a finite life of between 
three and five years (2020: three and five years) and are amortised, from the date the software is available for use, on
a straight-line basis over this period.

Client relationships have resulted from business combinations and have been assessed as having a finite life of ten years. They 
are amortised, from the date of acquisition, on a straight-line basis over this period. Brand values have resulted from business 
combinations and have been assessed as having a finite life of between three and 20 years depending on the prominence of the 
brand. They are amortised on a straight-line basis over this period. 

A summary of the amounts in brand values and client relationships, together with the remaining amortisation period is below: 

Brand values
£m

Remaining 
amortisation period
years

Client 
relationships
£m

Remaining 
amortisation period
years

education
Healthcare
Information technology
UK General staffing
US Staffing
Vendor procurement

1.2
19.6
11.0
8.8
13.5
5.7

3.5
16.9
16.9
16.9
16.9
16.9

–
3.1
4.5
–
6.0
–

–
3.6
2.8
–
4.0
–

Page_95

ImPeLLAm GRoUP PLC_AnnUAL RePoRT AnD ACCoUnTs_2021

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

FoR THe 52 WeeKs enDeD 31 DeCemBeR 2021

13. OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS ConTInUeD
These assets are all reviewed for impairment when there are changes in events or situations that indicate the carrying value 
may not be recoverable. Details of the sensitivities over such impairment reviews are included in note 12. no impairment was 
recognised in the current period (2020: £5.6m against the Education brand value). 

14. FINANCIAL ASSETS

Financial assets – non-current
marketable investments designated at market value through the income statement

Other financial assets (loans and receivables) – non-current
Deposits with non-financial institutions

Total

Financial assets include:

31 December
2021
£m

1 January
2021
£m

1.5

0.2

1.7

1.2

0.4

1.6

•  The marketable investments at market value through the income statement represent investments held in trust on behalf 

of certain Us employees (see note 2(P)). The plan allows certain key employees to defer receipt of a portion of their 
compensation. These deferred compensation liabilities are funded by making contributions into a trust. The employees’ 
entitlements are limited to the market value of the fund. Investments in the trust comprise shares in Us mutual funds. At 
31 December 2021, these investments have been adjusted to the market value of £1.5m (2020: £1.2m). This movement is 
matched by an equivalent movement in other payables as disclosed in note 17; and

•  Deposits with non-financial institutions represent amounts held by suppliers, clients and landlords as security for provision of 

facilities and services.

Information on fair values and credit risks is given in notes 27 and 28.

15. TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES
Current assets

Trade receivables (note 2(J))
other receivables
Lease debtor (note 11)
Prepayments
Contract assets

Total

31 December
2021
£m

539.2
3.6
–
5.0
57.7

605.5

1 January
2021
£m

496.5
5.1
2.4
5.5
54.4

563.9

•  Trade receivables also include gross receivables of £268.5m (2020: £274.7m) under master-vendor agency arrangements in 
the UK and US where the Group only recognises the management fee element of the receivable as revenue – note 2(R);

•  Contract assets comprise accrued income and costs incurred in the implementation of new contracts; and
•  The above trade and other receivables fall into the ‘loans and receivables’ category of the Group’s financial assets.

Non-current assets

Contract assets
Lease debtor (note 11)

Total

Information on fair values and credit risks is given in notes 27 and 28.

Page_96

31 December
2021
£m

1 January
2021
£m

0.9
–

0.9

1.4
1.9

3.3

sTRATeGIC RePoRT | CoRPoRATe GoVeRnAnCe | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Contract balances

At the beginning of the period
net amounts recognised as revenue in the period

At the end of the period

Contract assets

31 December
2021
£m

1 January 
2021 
£m

55.8
1.9

57.7

52.2
 3.6

55.8

Contract assets are included within ‘trade and other receivables’ on the face of the statement of financial position. Contract 
assets comprise accrued income and costs incurred in the implementation of new contracts (note 2(J)).

The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses using a lifetime expected credit loss 
provision for trade receivables and contract assets. To measure expected credit losses on a collective basis, trade receivables and 
contract assets are grouped based on similar credit risk and ageing. The contract assets have similar risk characteristics to the 
trade receivables for similar types of contracts.

The expected loss provision is based on the Group’s expectation of future credit losses over the current receivables balance 
based on an analysis of the aging and sector of the receivable. These expectations are based upon known issues effecting 
specific debtors as well as a combination of historic and general forward-looking information on factors affecting the Group’s 
customers as a whole as well as an awareness of the economic conditions in the countries where the Group operates. These risk 
factors are considered both on initial recognition of the receivable and as part of the ongoing assessment. 

The lifetime expected loss provision for trade receivables is as follows:

1 January 2021

Expected loss rate (%)
Gross carrying amount

Loss provision

31 December 2021

Expected loss rate (%)
Gross carrying amount

Loss provision

Current 
£m

0.3%
428.5

1.4

Current 
£m

0.4%
449.6

1.6

<60 days past 
due
£m

60–120 days
past due
£m

>120 days 
past due
£m

4.5%
51.0

2.3

7.3%
6.1

0.4

<60 days 
past due
£m

60–120 days
past due
£m

1.9%
84.1

1.6

6.3%
6.4

0.4

6.3%
16.1

1.1

>120 days 
past due
£m

54.2%
5.9

3.2

Total
£m

1.0%
501.7

5.2

Total
£m

1.2%
546.0

6.8

All non-current receivables are due within three years of the end of the period. 

movements in the provision for impairment of trade receivables were as follows:

Balance at beginning of period
Charged/(released) for the period
Utilised for the period
Foreign exchange

Balance at end of period

31 December
2021
£m

1 January
2021
£m

5.2
3.3
(1.7)
–

6.8

2.2
3.6
 (0.5)
 (0.1)

5.2

Page_97

ImPeLLAm GRoUP PLC_AnnUAL RePoRT AnD ACCoUnTs_2021

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

FoR THe 52 WeeKs enDeD 31 DeCemBeR 2021

15. TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES ConTInUeD
The creation and release of provisions for impaired trade receivables have been included in ‘administrative expenses’ in the 
income statement. Amounts are generally written off to the provision account where there is no expectation of recovery.

Included in the Group’s receivables are the following balances denominated in foreign currency:

Trade receivables (note 2(J))
other receivables
Lease debtors
Prepayments
Accrued income

Total

31 December
2021
£m

1 January
2021
£m

313.7
2.6
–
2.5
12.5

331.3

312.9
3.9
4.1
2.3
15.8

339.0

16. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
For the purpose of the consolidated cash flow statement, cash and cash equivalents comprise the following:

Cash

Included within cash is £8.5m (2020: £2.5m) of cash which is restricted for use on specific clients.

Information on fair values, credit risks and interest rates is given in notes 27 and 28.

17. TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES
Current liabilities

Bank overdraft
Trade payables
Other tax and social security costs
Accruals
Contract liabilities
other payables

Total

31 December
2021
£m

90.9

1 January
2021
£m

117.9

31 December
2021
£m

1 January
2021
£m

3.9
376.7
63.9
77.3
0.5
46.4

568.7

2.9
375.2
86.5
54.7
0.6
38.1

558.0

Trade payables include £332.5m (2020: £341.0m) of amounts payable under master-vendor arrangements in the UK and US, 
which are related to certain of the trade receivables – note 15. Arrangements are such that the payable amount is not due by the 
Group until a few days after receipt of the receivable.

Other tax and social security costs include £9.1m (2020: £48.0m) of taxes deferred under government schemes across 
various jurisdictions.

Included in other payables and accruals are:

a. 

b. 

c. 
d. 

 £1.4m (2020: £1.2m) in respect of liabilities accruing to certain US employees in respect of a deferred compensation plan. 
These amounts are payable to members of the plan on retirement (note 14);
 £6.6m (2020: £3.5m) for contributions due to be made to defined contribution pension schemes on behalf of certain 
employees of the Group;
 £3.6m (2020: £4.2m) for customer unclaimed payments; and
 Remaining amounts within other payables are largely payroll-related creditors.

Page_98

sTRATeGIC RePoRT | CoRPoRATe GoVeRnAnCe | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

17. TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES ConTInUeD
Terms and conditions of the above financial liabilities:

e.  Trade payables are non-interest-bearing and are normally settled within one month from the end of the month of invoice;
f.  Other tax and social security costs are non-interest-bearing and are normally settled within one to three months; and
g.  other payables and accruals are non-interest-bearing and have an average term of three months.

Information on fair values and credit risks is given in notes 27 and 28.

18. SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS

Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost:
Revolving credit borrowings – secured
Hire purchase – secured

Total

Information on fair values, risks and terms are given in notes 26, 27 and 28.

19. LONG-TERM BORROWINGS

Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost:
Revolving credit borrowings – secured
Hire purchase – secured

Total

Information on fair values, risks and terms are given in notes 26, 27 and 28.

20. PROVISIONS

Current – 1 January 2021
non-current – 1 January 2021 

At 1 January 2021 

Additions in the period
Remeasurement in the period
Utilised during the period
Unwind of discount
Foreign exchange

At 31 December 2021

Current – 31 December 2021
non-current – 31 December 2021

Total

31 December
2021
£m

1 January
2021
£m

–
0.1

0.1

–
0.1

0.1

31 December
2021
£m

1 January
2021
£m

101.9
–

101.9

118.9
0.1

119.0

Property
£m

Workers’
compensation
£m

Legal & 
contractual
£m

1.4
3.3

4.7

0.3
0.1
(0.9)
0.2
(0.1)

4.3

1.1
3.2

4.3

0.2
–

0.2

–
–
–
–
–

0.2

0.2
–

0.2

5.6
–

5.6

2.4
–
(0.5)
–
0.1

7.6

7.0
0.6

7.6

Total
£m

7.2
3.3

10.5

2.7
0.1
(1.4)
0.2
–

12.1

8.3
3.8

12.1

Property
Property provisions relate to the full expected cost of dilapidations and have been discounted to a present value using the 
relevant lease interest rate.

Page_99

ImPeLLAm GRoUP PLC_AnnUAL RePoRT AnD ACCoUnTs_2021

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

FoR THe 52 WeeKs enDeD 31 DeCemBeR 2021

20. PROVISIONS ConTInUeD
Workers’ compensation
The US operations maintain, or maintained, insurance policies with significant excesses, below which claims are borne by the 
operations. Provision is made for estimated costs of claims or losses arising from past events.

The level of provision made is based upon independent actuarial estimates. These estimates take into account the ultimate 
cost, less amounts paid to date, in respect of accidents occurring between the inception of the policy and the end of the current 
period, the period covered by these self-insurance arrangements. An allowance is made for claims incurred but not reported in 
line with standard actuarial practice.

Claims are expected to be settled within one year.

Legal & contractual
The Group holds a provision for expected legal and contractual costs that are probable to cause an outflow of resources 
over an extended period. Management exercises judgements to determine the amount of this provision on a case-by-case 
basis. Provision is made for known issues based on past experience of similar items and other known factors. Each provision is 
considered separately, and the amount provided reflects the best estimate of the most likely amount, being the single most 
likely amount in a range of possible outcomes. owing to the inherent uncertainty within many legal proceedings, the amount 
and timings of such outflow could differ significantly from the amount and ageing provided.

With reference to the prejudicial exemption in IAS 37, the Group will not disclose any further information about the assumptions 
for the provision, including any details about current and the expected number of lawsuits and settled claims. The disclosure of 
such information is believed to be detrimental to the Group in connection with the ongoing confidential negotiations and could 
inflict financial losses on the Group and its shareholders.

Contingent liabilities
The Group is aware of a contingent liability in relation to late filing penalties within the US which may become due. To date no 
penalties have been raised for any company in the US due to this issue and all relevant documents have been filed. This has not 
been accounted for as a provision as there are significant uncertainties over the financial impact as well as the likelihood and 
timing of any potential outflow.

31 December
2021
£m

1 January
2021
£m

1.9
6.4

8.3

1.9
8.4

10.3

31 December
2021
£m

1 January
2021
£m

18.7

18.7

18.1

18.1

21. DEFERRED TAXATION

Non-current deferred tax assets: 
Total deferred tax asset – UK
Total deferred tax asset – overseas

Total deferred tax asset

Deferred tax liabilities:
Non-current deferred tax liabilities

Total deferred tax liabilities

Page_100

sTRATeGIC RePoRT | CoRPoRATe GoVeRnAnCe | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Deferred tax liabilities primarily relate to fair value adjustments on acquisitions.

At 4 January 2020
Recognised in income
Foreign exchange

At 1 January 2021

Deferred tax assets – 1 January 2021
Deferred tax liabilities – 1 January 2021

At 2 January 2021
Recognised in income
Foreign exchange

At 31 December 2021

Deferred tax assets – 31 December 2021
Deferred tax liabilities – 31 December 2021

Property, 
plant and 
equipment
£m

Intangible
assets
£m

Provisions
£m

Tax value of 
loss
carry-forwards
£m

Total 
deferred
taxation
£m

1.4
0.1
–

1.5

1.5
–

1.5

1.5
(0.3)
–

1.2

1.2
–

1.2

(20.0)
2.1
(0.2)

(18.1)

–
(18.1)

(18.1)

(18.1)
(0.7)
0.1

(18.7)

–
(18.7)

(18.7)

3.1
3.4
(0.2)

6.3

6.3
–

6.3

6.3
(0.6)
–

5.7

5.7
–

5.7

7.6
(5.4)
0.3

2.5

2.5
–

2.5

2.5
(1.6)
0.5

1.4

1.4
–

1.4

(7.9)
0.2
(0.1)

(7.8)

10.3
(18.1)

(7.8)

(7.8)
(3.2)
0.6

(10.4)

8.3
(18.7)

(10.4)

The Group has gross deductible temporary differences relating to provisions and deferred capital allowances of £29.8m 
(2020: £33.0m). Deferred tax assets of £8.4m (2020: £7.8m) have been recognised in respect of these temporary differences, 
leaving £7.2m (2020: £4.1m) as unrecognised differences. They have no expiry date.

The Group has gross tax losses that arose in the UK of £32.8m (2020: £33.5m) and tax losses that arose outside the UK (mostly 
in the US) of £9.0m (2020: £13.5m) that are available for offset against future taxable profits of the right type arising in the 
companies in which the losses arose. The reduction in tax losses in the US at the end of the current period compared to the 
previous period is due to the utilisation of these losses against taxable profits in the current period. There is no expiry date on 
the UK losses, but the US losses expire between 2028 and 2033. The Group has performed sensitivity analysis on the utilisation 
of US losses looking at forecasts of profitability and these show that the tax losses will be fully utilised by the end of 2022, well 
in advance of their expiry. All losses are subject to legislation restricting the right to offset them. Deferred tax assets of £1.4m 
(2020: £2.5m) have been recognised as they relate to companies that are trading profitably or can expect to have taxable profits 
in the foreseeable future. Deferred tax assets have not been recognised in respect of UK losses of £32.6m (2020: £33.5m) and 
outside the UK of £2.7m (2020: £1.8m) as they may not be used to offset taxable profits elsewhere in the Group and they have 
either arisen in subsidiaries where future use is uncertain, or are capital losses for which there is limited scope for future offset.

22. ISSUED SHARE CAPITAL

4 January 2020
shares repurchased

1 January 2021

2 January 2021
shares repurchased

31 December 2021

number of
issued shares
m

Issued share
capital
£m

share premium
account
£m

Total
share capital
£m

47.3
(1.4)

45.9

45.9
(0.6)

45.3

0.5
–

0.5

0.5
–

0.5

30.1
–

30.1

30.1
–

30.1

30.6
–

30.6

30.6
–

30.6

Transactions with shareholders
In 2021, 608,602 Ordinary shares of 1p each (2020: 1,413,789), representing 1.3% (2020: 3.0%) of the opening number of issued 
shares, were repurchased in the market for consideration of £1.9m (2020: £4.3m), and cancelled.

On 25 June 2021 the shareholders approved a new share purchase plan allowing the Company to purchase up to 4,560,363 
Ordinary shares up to the earlier of the date of the Company’s next Annual General Meeting or 30 June 2022.

Page_101

ImPeLLAm GRoUP PLC_AnnUAL RePoRT AnD ACCoUnTs_2021

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

FoR THe 52 WeeKs enDeD 31 DeCemBeR 2021

22. ISSUED SHARE CAPITAL ConTInUeD
Impellam Group plc
The Company has no limit to its authorised share capital. The above number represents the number of allotted, fully paid shares 
of 1p in issue.

23. OTHER RESERVES

4 January 2020
Currency translation differences

1 January 2021

2 January 2021
Currency translation differences

31 December 2021

Foreign 
currency
translation
reserve
£m

9.1
(2.0)

7.1

7.1
(1.4)

5.7

Total other
reserves
£m

120.3
(2.0)

118.3

118.3
(1.4)

116.9

other
reserve
£m

92.2
–

92.2

92.2
–

92.2

merger
reserve
£m

19.0
–

19.0

19.0
–

19.0

Merger reserve
The merger reserve arises under section 612 of the Companies Act 2006 as a result of the acquisition of Bartech Holding 
Corporation and Lorien Limited using the issue of shares as part consideration. The excess of fair value over nominal value of 
shares is transferred to a merger reserve rather than share premium. This reserve is not distributable.

Other reserve
The other reserve comprises £92.2m contributed surplus arising on a historical demerger transaction (2020: £92.2m). It also 
contains £41,000 contributed surplus arising on a historical demerger transaction and a special reserve arising from the 
capital reduction in December 2012 (2020: £41,000); and £47,000 capital redemption reserve arising from the purchase and 
cancellation of treasury shares (2020: £47,000). This reserve is not distributable.

Foreign currency translation reserve
The foreign currency translation reserve is used to record exchange differences arising from the translation of the financial 
statements of foreign subsidiaries.

24. NON-CONTROLLING INTEREST
The following table summarises the information relating to each of the Group’s subsidiaries that has material non-controlling 
interest (‘nCI’), before any intra-Group eliminations.

31 December 2021
Net assets attributable to NCI

Profit allocated to NCI
other comprehensive income allocated to nCI
other comprehensive income from reducing the nCI component

1 January 2021
Net assets attributable to NCI

Loss allocated to nCI
other comprehensive income allocated to nCI

Page_102

Individual
 immaterial 
subsidiaries
£m

0.1

0.1
–
0.3

Individual 
immaterial 
subsidiaries
£m

Total
£m

0.1

0.1
–
0.3

Total
£m

(0.3)

(0.3)

–
–

–
–

sTRATeGIC RePoRT | CoRPoRATe GoVeRnAnCe | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The individually immaterial subsidiaries include the share of results for Barpellam Inc and Bartech Belgium nV (2020: Barpellam 
Inc, Bartech Belgium NV and Younifi Limited) which are not wholly owned by the Group (note 25). During the year the Group 
purchased the minority interest of Younifi Limited for a nominal value.

25. RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURES
The consolidated financial statements include those of the holding company, Impellam Group plc, and all of its subsidiaries. All 
subsidiaries have the same period end as the Group and are wholly owned at the period end unless otherwise specified.

800 The Boulevard
Capability Green
Luton
LU1 3BA
United Kingdom

–  Blue Arrow Financial Services Limited*
–  Blue Arrow Holdings Limited
–  Blue Arrow Limited
–  Bms Limited
–  Carbon60 Limited
– Career Teachers 2006 Limited (formerly Career Teachers Limited)
– Career Teachers Limited (formerly Celsian Group Limited)
– Carlisle Cleaning Services Holdings Limited*
– Carlisle Events Services Limited*
– Carlisle Group Limited
– Carlisle Nominees Limited*
– Carlisle Staffing plc
– Carlisle Staffing Services Holdings Limited
– Carlisle Staffing Services Limited
– Chadwick nott (Holdings) Limited
– Chrysalis Community Care Group Limited
– Comensura Limited(a)
– Doctors on Call Limited
–
Flexy Corporation Limited
– Global Group (UK) Limited
– Global medics Limited
– Guidant Global-europe Limited
Impellam Holdings Limited
–
Impellam UK Limited
–
Laybridge Limited*
–
Litmus Workforce solutions Limited
–
Lorien Limited
–
–
Lorien Resourcing Limited
– medacs Global Group Limited
– medacs Healthcare Australasia Group Limited
– medacs Healthcare plc
– oneTrue Limited
– PRn Recruitment Limited
–
– Younifi Limited

science Recruitment Group Limited

Level 2
14 Martin Place
sydney
nsW 2000
Australia

straatsburgdok-noordkaai 3
2030 Antwerp, Belgium

–  Allied employment Group Pty Limited(b)
–  Carbon60 Pty Limited(b)
–  Comensura Pty Limited(b)
–  Flexy Services Pty Limited(b)
–  Global medics Pty Limited(b)
–
– medacs Healthcare (Pty) Limited(b)
– medacs Healthcare Australia Pty Limited(b)

Litmus Workforce solutions Pty Ltd(b)

– Bartech Belgium nV(h) (73% owned)

Page_103

ImPeLLAm GRoUP PLC_AnnUAL RePoRT AnD ACCoUnTs_2021

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

FoR THe 52 WeeKs enDeD 31 DeCemBeR 2021

25. RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURES ConTInUeD

PO Box 71, Road Town
Tortola VG1110
British Virgin Islands

250 Howe street
20th Floor Vancouver
BC V6C 3R8
Canada

Anna-schneider-steig 22
50678 Cologne, Germany

Beethovenplatz 2
80336 munich, Germany

–

sabertooth services Limited

– Bartech Technical services of Canada Limited(c)
– Canada Corporate employment Resources ULC(c)
– Global & medical Recruitment Consultancy Inc.(c)
– Guidant Group Canada ULC(c)

– Guidant Global Germany GmbH(c) 

–

Impellam GmbH(c) 

57/63 Line Wall Road, Gibraltar

– Kenard Investments Limited

Block 9, Blackrock Business Park
Blackrock
Co. Dublin, A94 E4X2
Ireland

Via Filippo Turati 29
20121 milan, Italy

Rio Tiber 40 102
Col Cuauhtemoc 06500
Cuauhtemoc, Distrito Federal, Mexico

98 Alicia street
Colony Guadalupe Tepeyac.
Mexico City CP07840, Mexico

Level 6, 3 Ferncroft street
Graft, Auckland 1010
new Zealand

oriental Center, suite p1
254 Muñoz Uñoz Rivera Avenue San Juan
PR 00918 Puerto Rico

133 new Bridge Road
#10-05, Chinatown Point
Singapore 059413

martin-Disteli-strasse 9
4600 Olten, Switzerland

2711 Centerville Road Suite 400 
Wilmington
Delaware 19808
UsA

17199 n Laural Park Drive
Suite 224 Livonia
Michigan 48152 USA

Page_104

– Carlisle security (Holdings) Limited(e)
– Carlisle security Limited(e)
– Carlisle Staffing Services Ireland Limited(e)
Irish Recruitment Consultants Limited(e)
–
–
Litmus Workforce solutions Ireland Limited(h)
– medacs Global Group Limited(h)

– Guidant Global Italy sRL(h) 

– Bartech Mexico S, de RL de CV(c)

– Guidant Global Mexico, S.A. de C.V.(c)

– Global medics nZ Limited(f)
– Healthlink new Zealand Group Limited(f)
– medacs Healthcare Limited(f)

– Guidant Global Puerto Rico Inc(c) 

– Guidant Global sG Pte Ltd(g)
–

Latitudes Group International management Pte Limited(g)

– Carbon60 AG(d)
– Guidant Global Switzerland AG(d)

Impellam NA Support Services Inc (formerly Corestaff Support Services Inc.)(c)

– Barpellam Inc (49% owned)(c) 
–  CeR Canada Holding Inc.(c)
– 
–  Corporate employment Resources Inc.(c)
– Corporate services Group Holdings Inc.(c)
– Guidant Global Canada Holding Inc.(c)
– Guidant Global Holding Corporation(c)
– Guidant Global Inc.(c)
– Guidant Group Inc.(c)

– Bartech Mexico Holding LLC(c)
– Bartech Technical services LLC(c) 

sTRATeGIC RePoRT | CoRPoRATe GoVeRnAnCe | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Companies marked with a * above are exempt from the Companies Act 2006 requirements relating to the audit of their 
individual accounts by virtue of Section 480 of the Act relating to dormant companies.

All subsidiaries are indirect holdings of the Company other than Impellam Holdings Ltd, Impellam UK Ltd and the medacs Global 
Group Ltd which has its registered office in the UK.

Shares for all companies are classed as Ordinary and a nominal value of £1 per share except as disclosed below:

(a)  ‘A’ Ordinary shares of £1
(b)  Ordinary shares of A$1
(c)  Common stock with no par value
(d)  ordinary shares of 1000 CHF
(e)  ordinary shares of €1.27
(f)  Ordinary shares of NZ$1
(g)  Ordinary shares of SG$1
(h)  ordinary shares of €1

The Group owns 49% of the issued stock of Barpellam Inc but exercises control of the company in accordance with the 
definitions of power and exposure to variability in returns required under IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements.

The subsidiary undertakings listed below are exempt from the Companies Act 2006 requirements relating to the audit of 
their individual accounts by virtue of Section 479A of the Act as this Company has guaranteed the subsidiary company under 
Section 479C of the Act:

Career Teachers 2006 Limited
Flexy Corporation Limited
Guidant Global-europe Limited
medacs Healthcare Australasia Group Limited
oneTrue Limited

ownership

Registered
number

Class of
shares held

31 December
2021

1 January
2021

05749194
09524785
07130856
03120991
01189888

ordinary
ordinary
ordinary
ordinary
ordinary

100%
100%
100%
100%
100%

100%
100%
100%
100%
100%

Compensation of key management personnel of the Group
The Directors have considered the levels of responsibility delegated to senior management of the Group and have concluded 
that, in addition to the Directors themselves, disclosure should include the senior Leadership Team which comprises the 
Portfolio CEO and Group General Counsel and Company Secretary, the Chief Executives of STEM, Global Managed Services, 
Impellam North America and Impellam APAC as well as the Chief Technology Officer, the Group Director of Corporate 
Development and the Group Director of Investment & Innovation. The total number of positions included in the disclosure is 15 
(2020: 17). The Directors receive dividends in proportion to their shareholdings held during the current and prior periods.

Short-term employment benefits
Post-employment benefits

Total

31 December
2021
£m

1 January
2021
£m

6.8
0.2

7.0

4.3
0.2

4.5

Lord Ashcroft has an interest in Puma International Holdings Limited. The Group paid Puma International Holdings Limited 
£425,000 (2020: £nil) for the provision of consultancy services. Nothing was owed to or by Puma International Holdings Limited 
at the start or end of the period. Angela entwistle is also a Director of a company called Deacon street Partners Limited. The 
Group pays Deacon Street Partners Limited for its provision of Angela Entwistle’s services as a Non-Executive Director – £40,000 
(2020: £38,000). The Group owed £4,000 to Deacon Street Partners Limited at the end of the period (2020: £4,000). Also, a 
company within the Impellam Group provides a payroll bureau service to Deacon street Partners Limited for which no charge is 
made as the arm’s-length cost of such service is negligible.

Page_105

ImPeLLAm GRoUP PLC_AnnUAL RePoRT AnD ACCoUnTs_2021

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

FoR THe 52 WeeKs enDeD 31 DeCemBeR 2021

25. RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURES ConTInUeD
In 2016, a company within the Group advanced a loan of $1,300,000 to David Barfield, a Director of various Group companies. 
This loan was due for repayment on or before 25 January 2021 and $nil was outstanding at the period end (2020: $725,000). 
Interest accrues at a rate of 1.81% per annum and during the period $nil (2020: $14,000) interest had been accrued. David 
Barfield is also a significant shareholder in Bartech Acquisition Corporation LLC. At the end of the period, the amount owed to 
or by the Group was $nil (2020: $nil). Bartech Acquisition Corporation LLC is a shareholder in Techcentral LLC and the Group 
provides accounting and programme management services at an arm’s length rate to TechCentral LLC. During the period, the 
Group charged TechCentral $116,000 (2020: $175,000) for these services. At the end of the period, TechCentral LLC owed the 
Group $116,000 (2020: $155,000).

During the period the Group entered into the following transactions with related parties who are not 100% owned by the Group.

31 December 2021
Barpellam Inc
Bartech Belgium nV

Total

1 January 2021
Barpellam Inc
Bartech Belgium nV
Younifi Limited

Total

Sale of 
services to 
related parties
£m

Purchase of 
services from 
related parties
£m

Amounts owed
to related 
parties
£m

Amounts owed
by related 
parties
£m

–
–

–

37.5
0.1

37.6

30.0
0.9

30.9

2.5
–

2.5

sale of
services to
related parties
£m

Purchase of
services from
related parties
£m

Amounts owed
to related
parties
£m

Amounts owed
by related
parties
£m

–
–
0.1

0.1

36.5
0.2
–

36.7

26.1
–
–

26.1

18.8
0.2
4.2

23.2

Sales to related parties relate to expenditure transferred at cost to encourage the expansion of the related party. As these 
companies are controlled by the Group, no allowance has been made for bad and doubtful debts. Transactions with Younifi 
Limited cover the period when there was a minority owner.

26. NET DEBT

Cash and short-term deposits (note 16)
Bank overdraft (note 17)
Revolving credit (notes 18 and 19)
Hire purchase (notes 18 and 19)
Lease liabilities (note 11)
Lease debtors (note 11)

Net debt

Cash and short-term deposits (note 16)
Bank overdraft (note 17)
Revolving credit (notes 18 and 19)
Hire purchase (notes 18 and 19)
Lease liabilities (note 11)
Lease debtors (note 11)

Net debt

Page_106

1 January
2021
£m

117.9
(2.9)
(118.9)
(0.2)
(26.5)
4.3

Cash
flow
£m

(24.3)
(1.0)
16.7
0.1
8.8
(1.7)

(26.3)

(1.4)

Interest
charged
£m

Interest
paid
£m

Drawdown
£m

Foreign
exchange
£m

31 December
2021
£m

(0.2)
–
(3.4)
–
(0.6)
0.1

(4.1)

0.2
–
3.4
–
0.4
(0.1)

3.9

–
–
–
–
1.0
(2.5)

(1.5)

(2.7)
–
0.3
–
0.4
(0.1)

(2.1)

90.9
(3.9)
(101.9)
(0.1)
(16.5)
–

(31.5)

3 January
2020
£m

132.3
(39.0)
(165.3)
(0.3)
(33.8)
7.3

(98.8)

Cash
flow
£m

(9.2)
36.1
46.2
0.1
11.5
(3.2)

81.5

Interest
charged
£m

Interest
paid
£m

Drawdown
£m

Foreign
exchange
£m

–
–
(4.4)
–
(0.8)
0.1

(5.1)

–
–
4.4
–
0.8
(0.1)

5.1

–
–
–
–
(3.9)
–

(3.9)

(5.2)
–
0.2
–
(0.3)
0.2

(5.1)

1 January
2021
£m

117.9
(2.9)
(118.9)
(0.2)
(26.5)
4.3

(26.3)

sTRATeGIC RePoRT | CoRPoRATe GoVeRnAnCe | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Group takes advantage of a number of non-recourse financing agreements organised by clients of the Group to allow for 
the acceleration of payment of the Group’s receivables (see note 2(J)). At the end of 2021, these amounted to £8.2m (2020: 
£6.3m). These agreements accrue interest at between 0.65% and 1.75% over SONIA and interest of £0.1m was charged during 
the period (2020: £0.1m) and is included in other interest in note 7.

27. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES
The Group’s principal financial liabilities comprise bank overdrafts, revolving credit facilities, leases and trade payables. 
Overdrafts and revolving credit facilities are used to satisfy short-term cash flow requirements. The main purpose of these 
financial liabilities is to raise finance for the Group’s trading operations. The Group also has various financial assets such as 
investments, trade receivables, cash and short-term deposits which arise directly from trading operations.

The main risks arising from the Group’s financial instruments are set out below. The Board reviews and agrees policies for 
managing each of these risks and these are summarised below.

It is, and has been throughout the period under review, the Group’s policy that no trading in financial instruments such as 
derivatives shall be undertaken. The Group’s policy with regard to interest rate and foreign exchange contracts is to only hedge 
specific risks with a determinable date that arise from operations or financing.

Interest rate risk
None of the Group’s borrowings are at a fixed rate of interest. All borrowings are subject to changes in market interest rates, 
primarily the revolving credit facility, which is subject to floating rates. The floating rate borrowings are not exposed to changes 
in fair value; however, the Group is exposed to interest rate risk as costs increase if market rates rise or cash flow opportunity as 
costs decrease if market rates fall.

The Group also earns interest on credit bank balances at a floating rate of interest. The Group’s policy is to manage its interest 
rate cost by the use of variable rate debts while rates are low.

Interest rate risk table
The following table demonstrates the sensitivity to a reasonably (based upon market expectations for the next 12 months) 
possible change to interest rates, with all other variables held constant, of the Group’s profit before tax (through the impact of 
floating rate borrowings).

31 December 2021
Pound sterling

Us Dollar

1 January 2021
Pound sterling

Us Dollar

Increase/
decrease in 
basis points

Effect on 
profit
before tax
£m

Effect on 
equity
£m

+75
-25

+75
-25

+50
-25

+50
-25

(0.9)
0.3

(0.1)
–

(0.6)
0.3

(0.1)
0.1

(0.7)
0.2

(0.1)
–

(0.5)
0.2

(0.1)
0.1

Liquidity risk
The Group’s funding strategy is to maintain funding flexibility through the use of cash, deposits, revolving credit facilities, 
overdrafts, supplier financing arrangements and leasing contracts. The Group aims to ensure that it has committed borrowing 
facilities in place in excess of its peak forecast borrowings for at least the next 12 months. Short-term flexibility is achieved by 
the use of deposits and revolving credit facilities and supplier financing arrangements.

Page_107

ImPeLLAm GRoUP PLC_AnnUAL RePoRT AnD ACCoUnTs_2021

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

FoR THe 52 WeeKs enDeD 31 DeCemBeR 2021

27. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES ConTInUeD
The Group renewed its revolving credit facilities on 17 December 2021 for a further three years with an option to extend for a 
further two years; £182.5m was available for drawdown (2020: £240m) which includes an overdraft facility of £5m. The amount 
utilised at 31 December 2021 was £103.8m (2020: £114.9m). This facility includes an accordion element of an additional £40m 
which could be added to the facility. There are no restrictions to the free transfer of funds between fully owned subsidiaries. The 
facilities cover all territories the Group operates in. The revolving credit facility includes financial covenants linked to the Group’s 
debtor cover, leverage cover and interest cover using adjusted EBITDA (before separately disclosed items and share-based 
payment) – note 3. At 31 December 2021, and throughout the period, the Group was in compliance with its financial covenants 
and expects to continue to be so.

The Group takes advantage of a number of non-recourse financing agreements organised by clients of the Group to allow for 
the acceleration of payment of the Group’s receivables (see note 2(J)). At the end of 2021, these amounted to £8.2m (2020: 
£6.3m). These agreements accrue interest at between 0.65% and 1.75% over SONIA and interest of £0.1m was charged during 
the period (2020: £0.1m) and is included in other interest in note 7. 

The table below summarises the maturity profile of the Group’s financial liabilities at 31 December 2021 and 1 January 2021 
based on contractual undiscounted payments.

31 December 2021
Revolving credit facilities (notes 18 and 19)
Trade and other payables (note 17)
Finance lease liabilities (notes 18 and 19)
Lease liabilities (note 11)

Total

Restated

1 January 2021
Revolving credit facilities (notes 18 and 19)
Trade and other payables (note 17)
Finance lease liabilities (notes 18 and 19)
Lease liabilities (note 11) – restated

Total

On demand
£m

Less than 3 
months
£m

–
3.9
–
–

3.9

–
490.6
0.1
1.4

492.1

on
demand
£m

Less than
3 months
£m

–
2.9
–
–

2.9

–
446.5
–
2.5

449.0

3–12
months
£m

–
10.3
–
4.1

14.4

3–12
months
£m

–
22.1
0.1
7.4

29.6

1–5
years
£m

101.9
–
–
9.2

111.1

1– 5
years
£m

118.9
–
0.1
14.0

133.0

5 years 
or more
£m

–
–
–
3.0

3.0

5 years
or more
£m

–
–
–
4.5

4.5

Total
£m

101.9
504.8
0.1
17.7

624.5

Total
£m

118.9
471.5
0.2
28.4

619.0

The lease liabilities have been restated for the prior year as the original disclosure was the contractual discounted value of 
£26.5m.

Credit risk
The risk of financial loss due to a counterparty’s failure to honour its obligations arises principally in relation to transactions 
where the Group provides services on deferred terms (note 15).

Group policies are aimed at minimising such losses. It is the Group’s policy that all clients who wish to trade on credit terms are 
subject to credit verification procedures. In addition, receivable balances are monitored on an ongoing basis with the result that 
the Group’s exposure to bad debts is kept to a minimum. The maximum exposure is the carrying amount as disclosed
in note 15. The Group has a credit risk policy that covers all clients except public sector, local government and pay when paid 
contracts. There is a £500,000 aggregate first loss and maximum policy liability of £44.5m. This policy was renewed in February 
2022 for three years.

With respect to credit risk from other financial assets of the Group, which comprise cash and cash equivalents and investments, 
the Group’s exposure to credit risk arises from the default of the counterparty, with a maximum exposure equal to the carrying 
amount of these assets. These risks are primarily minimised by restricting deposits and investments to those available from 
well-established reputable, financial institutions.

Page_108

sTRATeGIC RePoRT | CoRPoRATe GoVeRnAnCe | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

At 31 December 2021, the maximum exposure to credit risk for trade and other receivables by geographic region was as follows.

UK
north America
europe
Australasia

Total

31 December
2021
£m

275.0
290.5
20.5
20.4

606.4

1 January
2021
£m

228.4
295.0
20.0
23.8

567.2

Foreign currency risk
The Group has a significant investment in its operations in North America with some smaller interests in Europe and Australasia. 
The Group’s consolidated balance sheet can be affected significantly by the movements in the US Dollar exchange rate; 
however, movements in the exchange rates for Euro, Australian Dollar, Canadian Dollar, Swiss Franc, New Zealand Dollar or other 
currencies have only a marginal impact on the Group’s results and balance sheet.

The Group does not hedge against the impact of exchange rate movements on the translation of foreign currency denominated 
profits. Transactional currency exposures across the Group are minimal.

The following table demonstrates the sensitivity to a reasonably possible change in the exchange rates:

31 December 2021
Us Dollars

1 January 2021
Us Dollars

Percentage change 
in rate

Effect on profit
before tax
£m

Effect on equity
£m

+10
-10

+10
-10

0.7
(0.9)

0.8
(1.0)

–
–

0.3
(0.4)

Price risk
The Group has investments in marketable securities and as such is exposed to price risk. These securities are held in trust
on behalf of certain Us employees and the underlying risk is borne by those employees. The Group’s liability is limited to the 
market value of the securities (note 14).

Capital management
Capital consists of the total equity attributable to the equity holders of the Parent Company.

The primary objective of the Group’s capital management is to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, to 
ensure that it maintains a good credit rating in order to support its business and maximise shareholder value. No changes were 
made to the objectives, policies or processes during either period.

The Group considers capital less any net cash as components of funding. It monitors funding by reference to its ability to borrow 
and to satisfy debt covenants. The principal measure is the eBITDA ratio, which is calculated by dividing the funding of the Group 
by the Group’s adjusted earnings before interest, tax, adjusted depreciation and amortisation.

The revolving credit facility included a financial covenant linked to the Group’s leverage, interest cover and debtor cover.  
At 31 December 2021, and throughout the period, the Group was in compliance with these financial covenants whilst this facility 
was in place.

Page_109

ImPeLLAm GRoUP PLC_AnnUAL RePoRT AnD ACCoUnTs_2021

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

FoR THe 52 WeeKs enDeD 31 DeCemBeR 2021

28. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Set out below is a comparison by category of the carrying amounts and fair values of all the Group’s financial instruments that 
are carried in the consolidated balance sheet.

31 December 2021

1 January 2021

Financial assets
Investments (note 14)
Other financial assets (non-current) (note 14)
other debtors
Cash and cash equivalents (note 16)

Financial liabilities
Bank overdraft (note 17)
short-term borrowings (note 18)
Long-term borrowings (note 19)

Carrying
amount
£m

1.5
0.2
–
90.9

3.9
0.1
101.9

Fair
value
£m

1.5
0.2
–
90.9

3.9
0.1
101.9

Carrying
amount
£m

1.2
0.4
0.5
117.9

2.9
0.1
119.0

Fair
value
£m

1.2
0.4
0.5
117.9

2.9
0.1
119.0

The carrying value of trade receivables less impairment and trade payables are assumed to approximate fair value and are 
excluded from the above table.

Fair value estimation hierarchy:

•  Level 1 – Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
•  Level 2 –  Inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly 

(that is, as prices) or indirectly (that is derived from prices); and

•  Level 3 –  Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (that is, unobservable inputs). 

The following table presents the fair value hierarchy of assets measured at fair value:

31 December 2021
Investments (note 14)
other debtors

1 January 2021
Investments (note 14)
other debtors

Level 1
£m

Level 2
£m

Level 3
£m

1.5
–

Level 1
£m

1.2
0.5

–
–

–
–

Level 2
£m

Level 3
£m

–
–

–
–

Total
£m

1.5
–

Total
£m

1.2
0.5

Level 1
market values, based on published prices, have been used to determine the fair value of the marketable investments included in 
other financial assets.

Fair value for short-term borrowings are equal to book value as they are repayable on demand and are subject to churn over a 
period of less than three months.

Page_110

sTRATeGIC RePoRT | CoRPoRATe GoVeRnAnCe | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

28. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS ConTInUeD
Interest rate risk
At 31 December 2021 and 1 January 2021, none of the Group’s borrowings are at fixed rates of interest. The following table sets 
out the carrying amount, by maturity, of the Group’s financial instruments that are exposed to interest rate risk.

31 December 2021
Floating rate
Cash and short-term deposits (note 16)
Bank overdrafts (note 17)
Revolving credit facilities (notes 18 and 19)
Hire purchase (notes 18 and 19)

1 January 2021
Floating rate
Cash and short-term deposits (note 16)
Bank overdrafts (note 17)
Revolving credit facilities (notes 18 and 19)
Hire purchase (notes 18 and 19)

Within 
1 year
£m

1–3
years
£m

Total
£m

90.9
(3.9)
–
(0.1)

Within
1 year
£m

117.9
(2.9)
–
(0.1)

–
–
(101.9)
–

1–2
years
£m

–
–
(118.9)
(0.1)

90.9
(3.9)
(101.9)
(0.1)

Total
£m

117.9
(2.9)
(118.9)
(0.2)

The effective interest rate on bank balances and other short-term deposits was less than 0.5% (2020: less than 0.5%). US deposit 
interest rates were less than 0.5% (2020: less than 0.5%).

Bank overdrafts and revolving credit borrowings are secured by a guarantee and debenture with a fixed charge over certain 
assets of the Company and the subsidiary undertakings concerned plus a floating charge over all other assets of the Company 
and those subsidiary undertakings, supported by a cross-guarantee given by the Company and the various subsidiary 
undertakings. Borrowings under these facilities incurred interest (including margin) between 1.90% and 2.70% over sonIA rate 
(2020: between 1.35% and 2.30% over LIBoR rate). All interest is charged monthly in arrears (note 27).

Collateral pledged
The self-insured workers’ compensation liability described in note 20 is covered by insurers on the basis that collateral is 
provided sufficient to cover all potential claims. This collateral takes two forms:

•  £3.0m – $4.0m (2020: £3.2m – $4.4m) in the form of letters of credit drawn upon the revolving credit facility in the US; and
•  £0.2m – $0.2m (2020: £0.4m – $0.5m) in the form of cash deposits, shown on the balance sheet as non-current other financial 

assets (note 14).

The Group has also issued various indemnities totalling £2.1m relating to rent guarantees, mainly in Australia. These expire  
in 2022.

29. POST BALANCE SHEET EVENTS – SHARE PURCHASE AND CANCELLATION
Between the end of the year and 22 march 2022, a further 75,830 ordinary shares of 1p each have been repurchased in the 
market for total consideration of £0.4m and have been cancelled.

Page_111

ImPeLLAm GRoUP PLC_AnnUAL RePoRT AnD ACCoUnTs_2021

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

FoR THe 52 WeeKs enDeD 31 DeCemBeR 2021

30. POST BALANCE SHEET EVENTS – DISPOSAL OF CORESTAFF
On 24 January 2022 the Group announced that it has entered into an agreement to sell the business and assets of Corestaff, its 
US-based Light Industrial brand, to swipejobs Inc., a US private digital staffing company, for cash consideration of approximately 
£14m ($19 m).

In the year ended 31 December 2021, Corestaff, reported in the Group’s Regional Specialist Staffing portfolio, generated 
revenue of £98m and gross profit of £12.8m and had an operating profit of £1.2m. Net assets at 31 December 2021 were 
approximately £6.9m.

The details of the sale were completed and agreed after the year end and the transaction was completed on 7 February 2022. 
Following completion of the Disposal, the Group used the proceeds of sale to pay down net debt to fund additional investment 
to further accelerate the Group’s strategy.

31. CONTROL
The Group has identified Lord Ashcroft as the ultimate controlling party as he has influence over more than 50%, but less than 
75%, of both the shares and voting rights of Impellam Group plc and together with being Chairman of Impellam Group plc has 
significant influence over the Group.

Page_112

sTRATeGIC RePoRT | CoRPoRATe GoVeRnAnCe | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Company balance sheet

As AT 31 DeCemBeR 2021

Non-current assets
Investments
other receivables

Current assets
other receivables
Cash at bank and in hand

Other payables: amounts falling due within one period

Net current liabilities

Total assets less current liabilities

other payables: amounts falling due in more than one period

Net assets

Capital and reserves

Called-up share capital
share premium account
merger reserve
other reserves
Retained profit

Total shareholders’ funds

31 December
2021
£m

notes

Restated
1 January
2021
£m

3
4

4

5

6

8
8
9
9
9

10

150.1
242.2

392.3

13.8
0.6

14.4

(211.1)

(196.7)

195.6

(101.9)

93.7

0.5
30.1
19.0
–
44.1

93.7

150.1
233.8

383.9

16.3
1.2

17.5

(178.2)

(160.7)

223.2

(118.9)

104.3

0.5
30.1
19.0
–
54.7

104.3

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this balance sheet.

The loss dealt with in the financial statements of the Company for the 52 weeks ended 31 December 2021 was £8.7m (2020: 
£9.9m). Dividends totalling £nil (2020: £nil) were declared and paid during the period. As allowed by Section 408 of the 
Companies Act 2006, no separate profit and loss account is presented for the Parent Company. 

The financial statements on pages 113 to 119 were approved by the Board on 5 April 2022 and are signed on its behalf by:

Tim Briant
Chief Financial Officer

Registered number: 06511961

Page_113

ImPeLLAm GRoUP PLC_AnnUAL RePoRT AnD ACCoUnTs_2021

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Statement of changes in equity

FoR THe 52 WeeKs enDeD 31 DeCemBeR 2021

share capital
and premium
(note 8)
£m

other reserves
(note 9)
£m

Retained
profit
£m

4 January 2020

30.6

19.0

Loss for the period
Purchase and cancellation of own shares (note 8)

1 January 2021

2 January 2021
Loss for the period
Purchase and cancellation of own shares (note 8)

31 December 2021

–
–

30.6

30.6
–
–

30.6

–
–

19.0

19.0
–
–

19.0

68.9

(9.9)
(4.3)

54.7

54.7
(8.7)
(1.9)

44.1

Total
reserves
£m

118.5

(9.9)
(4.3)

104.3

104.3
(8.7)
(1.9)

93.7

The Company has considered the profits available for distribution to shareholders. At 31 December 2021, the Company had 
retained earnings of £44.1m which were all available for distribution.

The Group also has retained profits in its subsidiary companies which are expected to flow up to the Company in due course to 
further supplement its distributable reserves position.

Page_114

sTRATeGIC RePoRT | CoRPoRATe GoVeRnAnCe | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Notes to the Company balance sheet

FoR THe 52 WeeKs enDeD 31 DeCemBeR 2021

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
A) Basis of accounting
Impellam Group plc (‘the Company’) is a company incorporated and registered in england and Wales and domiciled in the UK.

In preparing these financial statements, the Company applies the recognition, measurement and disclosure requirements of UK 
adopted international accounting standards and has set out below where advantage of the FRS 101 disclosure exemptions has 
been taken.

Summary of disclosure exemptions
In these financial statements, the Company has applied the exemptions available under FRS 101 in respect of the following 
disclosures:

•  A cash flow statement and related notes.
•  Disclosures in respect of transactions with wholly owned subsidiaries.
•  Disclosures in respect of capital management.
•  The effects of new but not yet effective IFRSs.
•  Disclosures in respect of the compensation of key management personnel.

As the consolidated financial statements of Impellam Group plc include the equivalent disclosures, the Company has also taken 
the exemptions under FRS 101 available in respect of the following disclosures:

•  Certain disclosures required by IAs 36 Impairment of Assets in respect of the impairment of investments.
•  Certain disclosures required by IFRs 13 Fair Value measurement and the disclosures required by IFRs 7 Financial 

Instruments Disclosures.

The Company proposes to continue to adopt the reduced disclosure framework of FRS 101 in its next financial statements.

The accounting policies set out below have, unless otherwise stated, been applied consistently to all years presented in these 
financial statements.

A separate profit and loss account dealing with the results of the Company only has not been presented as permitted under 
Section 408 of the Companies Act.

Changes in accounting policy
None of the standards, interpretations and amendments effective for the first time from 1 January 2021 have had a material 
effect on the financial statements.

Accounting policies have been applied consistently.

B) Investments
Shares in subsidiary companies are held as fixed assets and are stated at cost less provision for impairment. Impairment reviews 
are conducted when changes in events or situations indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. more details of the 
impairment methodologies are given in note 12 of the consolidated accounts.

C) Other receivables
other receivables include amounts owed by Group companies which are assessed for impairment based upon the current 
financial position and expected future performance of the subsidiary to which they relate. The transactions with Group 
companies are interest-free demand loans. The Company assesses the expected recoverability period of receivables and, if they 
are not expected to be realised within the following twelve months, are assessed as non-current.

The Company applies the IFRS 9 general approach to measuring expected credit losses. This approach requires an assessment 
at the initiation of the loan as to the risk of default, and a further assessment when the credit risk profile of the loans change. 
IFRS 9 applies a three-stage model that is applied when calculating the expected credit losses:

•  Stage 1 is defined as having no Significant Increase in Credit Risk (‘SICR’) – a 12-month expected credit loss is recognised at 

this point.

•  Stage 2 is defined as having a SICR – a lifetime expected credit loss is recognised at this point.
•  Stage 3 is defined as being credit impaired – a lifetime expected credit loss is recognised at this point.

There is no impact in relation to interest as the amounts owed by Group companies are interest free and repayable on demand.

Page_115

ImPeLLAm GRoUP PLC_AnnUAL RePoRT AnD ACCoUnTs_2021

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Notes to the Company balance sheet continued

FoR THe 52 WeeKs enDeD 31 DeCemBeR 2021

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES ConTInUeD
C) Other receivables continued
The Company defines the following:

•  Definition of a default – A loan is considered to be in default when there is evidence that the borrower is in significant 

financial difficulty such that it will have insufficient assets to repay the loan on demand.

•  SICR assessment – the risk that the borrower will default on a demand loan depends on whether the subsidiary has sufficient 
cash or other assets to repay the loan immediately (meaning that the risk of default is very low and the loan is in Stage 1); or 
does not have sufficient cash or other assets to repay the loan immediately (meaning that the risk of default is higher, and 
the loan could be in stage 2 or stage 3).

•  The Company performs this assessment qualitatively by reference to the borrower’s immediate cash flow and asset position.
•  Credit-impaired indicators – A loan is considered to be credit impaired if it meets the definition of a defaulted loan.

D) Deferred taxation
Deferred income tax is provided, using the liability method, on temporary differences at the balance sheet date between the tax 
bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes.

Deferred income tax assets are recognised on an undiscounted basis for all deductible temporary differences, carry-forward of 
unused tax credits and unused tax losses, to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the 
deductible temporary differences and the carry-forward of unused tax credits and unused tax losses can be utilised except:

•  where the deferred income tax asset relating to the deductible temporary difference arises from the initial recognition of 

• 

an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the 
accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss; and
in respect of deductible temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, deferred tax assets are 
recognised only to the extent that it is probable that the temporary differences will reverse in the foreseeable future and 
taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilised.

The carrying amount of deferred income tax assets is reviewed at each balance sheet date and reduced to the extent that it is no 
longer probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow all or part of the deferred income tax asset to be
utilised. Unrecognised deferred income tax assets are reassessed at each balance sheet date and are recognised to the extent 
that it has become probable that future taxable profit will allow the deferred tax asset to be recovered.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the period when the asset 
is realised or the liability is settled, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the 
balance sheet date. Income tax relating to items recognised directly in equity is recognised in equity and not in the
income statement. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset if a legally enforceable right exists to set off current tax assets 
against current tax liabilities and the deferred taxes relate to the same taxable entity and the same taxation authority.

E) Employee benefits
Short-term benefits – bonus arrangements
The Company operates a number of annual bonus arrangements for Directors and employees. The cost of these arrangements is 
recognised in the income statement when the entity has an obligation to make such payments as a result of the achievement of 
performance targets and when a reliable estimate of this obligation can be made.

Pension obligations
The Company provides pension arrangements for its UK-based Directors and employees through defined contribution schemes. 
Contribution costs are expensed to the income statement as they become due.

2. OPERATING COSTS

•  The amount payable to the auditor in respect of the audit of the Company is £20,000 (2020: £20,000), all of which is payable 

to BDo LLP.

•  Details of emoluments for Directors can be found in note 5 of the consolidated financial statements.
•  Monthly average staff numbers (including Directors) for the Company during 2021 was 31, eight Directors/Company 
Secretary, nine managers and 13 administrators (2020: 28, eight Directors/Company Secretary, nine managers and 
11 administrators).

•  The total amount of employee costs charged to the Company’s income statement in the period is £7.9m (2020: £4.5m).

Page_116

sTRATeGIC RePoRT | CoRPoRATe GoVeRnAnCe | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

3. INVESTMENTS

Cost – 2 January 2021

Cost – 31 December 2021

Impairment provision – 2 January 2021
Charge for the period
Disposals

Accumulated amortisation – 31 December 2021

Net carrying value – 31 December 2021

Net carrying value – 1 January 2021

Subsidiary 
undertakings
£m

150.1

150.1

–
–
–

–

150.1

150.1

Details of the principal subsidiary undertakings are given in note 25 of the consolidated financial statements. All of these 
companies are unlisted.

Subsidiary undertakings
The carrying values of investments were tested against discounted future cash flows during the period using a discount rate of 
between 13.9% to 16.5% (2020: between 14.0% to 18.0%), which include a country risk premium. The forecasts were based on 
pre-tax cash flows derived from approved budgets for the 2022 financial period (2020: 2021 financial period).

4. OTHER RECEIVABLES

Current receivables

Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings
other receivables
Prepayments

Total

non-current receivables

Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings

Total

31 December
2021
£m

4.7
9.0
0.1

13.8

31 December
2021
£m

242.2

242.2

Restated
1 January
2021
£m

4.9
10.9
0.5

16.3

1 January
2021
£m

233.8

233.8

Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings are unsecured, repayable on demand and are not interest-bearing. These have 
been reviewed for any expected credit loss and a charge of £0.1m (2020: £0.4m) has been recorded in the period, bringing 
the cumulative charge to £1.8m (2020: £1.7m). Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings have been restated to show the 
portion that is not expected to be realised in the following twelve months as a non-current receivable. The value of the prior 
year receivables which have been classified to non-current is £233.8m. The impact of this on the 2020 opening balance is that 
£239.0m of receivable balance of £246.2m was restated as non-current.

Page_117

ImPeLLAm GRoUP PLC_AnnUAL RePoRT AnD ACCoUnTs_2021

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Notes to the Company balance sheet continued

FoR THe 52 WeeKs enDeD 31 DeCemBeR 2021

5. OTHER PAYABLES: AMOUNTS FALLING DUE WITHIN ONE PERIOD

Bank overdraft
Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings
Contract liabilities
Accruals and other payables

Total

31 December
2021
£m

3.9
198.4
1.5
7.3

211.1

1 January
2021
£m

2.9
171.6
1.3
2.4

178.2

Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings are unsecured, repayable on demand and are not interest-bearing. Contract liabilities 
relate to amounts recharged to subsidiary undertakings for which the service has not been completed.

6. OTHER PAYABLES: AMOUNTS FALLING DUE IN MORE THAN ONE PERIOD

Revolving credit facilities

31 December
2021
£m

101.9

1 January
2021
£m

118.9

Details of security given over these liabilities are described in notes 27 and 28 to the consolidated accounts. 

7. DEFERRED TAXATION

opening balance
Charged to profit and loss account in the period

Deferred tax asset

The total recognised and unrecognised deferred tax is as follows:

Assets

Losses
Other short-term timing differences

Total

8. ISSUED SHARE CAPITAL

3 January 2020
Purchase and cancellation of own shares

1 January 2021

Purchase and cancellation of own shares

Total – 31 December 2021

31 December
2021
£m

1 January
2021
£m

–
–

–

–
–

–

Recognised
31 December
2021
£m

Unrecognised
31 December
2021
£m

Recognised
1 January
2021
£m

Unrecognised
1 January
2021
£m

–
–

–

0.1
–

0.1

–
–

–

0.2
–

0.2

number of 
issued
shares
millions

47.3
(1.4)

45.9

(0.6)

45.3

Issued share
capital
£m

share premium
account
£m

Total
share capital
£m

0.5
–

0.5

–

0.5

30.1
–

30.1

–

30.1

30.6
–

30.6

–

30.6

Impellam Group plc
The Company has no limit to its authorised share capital. The above number represents the number of allotted, fully paid shares 
of 1p in issue.

Page_118

sTRATeGIC RePoRT | CoRPoRATe GoVeRnAnCe | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Transactions with shareholders
In 2021, 608,602 Ordinary shares of 1p each (2020: 1,413,789), representing 1.3% (2020: 3.0%) of the opening number of issued 
shares, were repurchased in the market for consideration of £1.9m (2020: £4.3m), and cancelled.

On 25 June 2021 the shareholders approved a new share purchase plan allowing the Company to purchase up to 4,560,363 
Ordinary shares up to the earlier of the date of the Company’s next Annual General Meeting or 30 June 2022.

9. RESERVES

1 January 2021
Loss for the period
Purchase and cancellation of own shares

31 December 2021

Merger
reserve
£m

19.0
–
–

19.0

Retained
profit
£m

Total
reserves
£m

54.7
(8.7)
(1.9)

44.1

73.7
(8.7)
(1.9)

63.1

Merger reserve
The merger reserve arises under section 612 of the Companies Act 2006 as a result of the acquisition of Bartech Holding 
Corporation and Lorien Limited using the issue of shares as part consideration. The excess of fair value over the nominal value of 
shares is transferred to a merger reserve rather than a share premium. This reserve is not distributable.

Other reserves
other reserves comprise the following:

•  £41,000 contributed surplus arising on a historical demerger transaction and a special reserve arising from the capital 

reduction in December 2012 (2020: £41,000); and

•  £53,000 capital redemption reserve arising from the purchase and cancellation of treasury shares (2020: £47,000).

These reserves are non-distributable. All other reserves are distributable.

10. RECONCILIATION OF MOVEMENTS IN SHAREHOLDERS’ FUNDS

Loss for the financial period
Purchase and cancellation of own shares
opening shareholders’ funds

Closing shareholders’ funds

31 December
2021
£m

(8.7)
(1.9)
104.3

93.7

1 January
2021
£m

(9.9)
(4.3)
118.5

104.3

11. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The Board is not aware of any related party transactions other than those disclosed in note 25 to the consolidated 
financial statements.

12. POST BALANCE SHEET EVENTS – SHARE PURCHASE AND CANCELLATION
Between the end of the year and 22 march 2022, a further 75,830 ordinary shares of 1p each have been repurchased in the 
market for total consideration of £0.4m and have been cancelled.

Page_119

ImPeLLAm GRoUP PLC_AnnUAL RePoRT AnD ACCoUnTs_2021

Alternative Performance Measures

ALTERNATIVE PERFORMANCE MEASURES
Certain discussions and analyses set out in this Annual Report 
and Accounts include measures which are not defined by 
generally accepted accounting principles such as IFRs.

The amortisation of acquired intangibles (brand value and 
customer relationships) charge due to its size and nature is 
disclosed separately to give a comparable view of the
year-on-year trading financial performance.

We believe this information, along with comparable IFRs 
measurements, is useful to investors because it provides 
a basis for measuring our operating performance on a 
comparable basis. Our management uses these financial 
measures, along with the most directly comparable IFRs 
financial measures, in evaluating our operating performance 
and value creation. Non-IFRS financial measures should not be 
considered in isolation from, or as a substitute for, financial 
information presented in compliance with IFRs. non-IFRs 
financial measures as reported by us may not be comparable 
with similarly titled amounts reported by other companies.

ADJUSTED OPERATING PROFIT
Definition: The Group calculates adjusted operating profit as 
operating profit before amortisation of acquired intangibles 
and impairment.

Closest equivalent IFRS measure: Operating profit.

Rationale for adjustment: The Directors believe that 
adjusted operating profit is the most appropriate approach 
for ascertaining the underlying trading performance and 
trends as it reflects the measures used internally by senior 
management for all discussions of performance, including 
Directors’ remuneration, and also reflects the starting profit 
measure used when calculating the Group’s banking covenants. 
All discussions within the Group on segmental and individual 
brand performance refer to adjusted operating profit.

Following the adoption of IFRs 16 in 2019 the Group has 
moved from adjusted EBITDA to adjusted operating profit as 
its alternative performance measure, to include depreciation 
and amortisation of assets but excluding amortisation of 
acquired intangibles.

Reconciliation of adjusted operating profit to operating 
profit/(loss):

Segmental adjusted operating profit
Corporate costs

Adjusted operating profit
Amortisation of brand value and 
  customer relationships
Impairment of intangible assets

Operating profit/(loss)

2021
£m

36.8
(7.5)

2020
£m

23.3
(5.1)

29.3

18.2

(9.8)
–

(11.0)
(22.2)

19.5

(15.0)

The impairment charge due to its size is disclosed separately 
to give a more comparable view of the year-on-year underlying 
financial performance.

ADJUSTED EBITDA
Definition: The Group calculates adjusted EBITDA as operating 
profit before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation.

Closest equivalent IFRS measure: Operating profit.

Rationale for adjustment: The Group continues to measure 
eBITDA which is used for banking covenants and internal 
performance measures. It is also used externally for valuation 
purposes. 

Reconciliation of adjusted operating profit to operating  
profit/(loss):

Adjusted EBITDA
Amortisation of software
Depreciation

Adjusted operating profit
Amortisation of brand value and  
  customer relationships
Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

Operating profit/(loss)

2021  
£m

37.0
(5.3)
(2.4)

2020  
£m

27.6
(6.6)
(2.8)

29.3

18.2

(9.8)
–

(11.0)
(22.2)

19.5

(15.0)

SPEND UNDER MANAGEMENT (‘SUM’)
Definition: Total amount of client expenditure which our 
managed services brands managed on behalf of their clients. 
This equates to revenue earned where Impellam acts as 
principal plus gross billings to customers where Impellam acts 
as agent.

Closest equivalent IFRS measure: Group revenue.

Rationale for adjustment: The Group uses this measure
as it reflects the total value of the client spend to the Group, 
not just the revenue generated.

Page_120

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
sTRATeGIC RePoRT | CoRPoRATe GoVeRnAnCe | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CONTINUING ADJUSTED EARNINGS PER SHARE 
(‘EPS’)
Definition: Continuing adjusted profit divided by the weighted 
average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year.

NET DEBT EXCLUDING IFRS 16 ‘LEASES’
Definition: the Group calculates net debt as the total of cash 
and short-term deposits, revolving credit and hire purchase.

Closest equivalent IFRS measure: Continuing basic earnings 
per share.

Following the adoption of IFRs 16 the calculation also includes 
lease liabilities and debtors.

Rationale for adjustment: The Group uses this measure 
alongside the basic EPS calculation as it reflects the underlying 
trading performance of the business.

Rationale for adjustment: the Group has used this measure 
to maintain alignment to the covenant reporting during 2020.

Reconciliation of net debt excluding IFRS 16 to net debt:

Reconciliation of adjusted EPS to basic EPS:

Continuing profit/(loss) for the
 period
Impairment of goodwill
Impairment of other intangibles 
  (net of tax)
Customer relationship and brand 
  value amortisation (net of tax)

Continuing adjusted profit

Weighted average number 
  of shares

Unadjusted continuing EPS

Adjusted continuing EPS

2021
£m

8.3
–

–

7.7

16.0

Cash and short-term deposits
Bank overdraft
Revolving credit
Hire purchase

Net debt excluding IFRS 16
Lease liabilities
Lease debtors

Net debt

2020
£m

 (21.4)
16.6

4.5

8.6

8.3

45,538,963

46,208,380

18.3

35.3

(46.2)

18.2

2021
£m

90.9
(3.9)
(101.9)
(0.1)

(15.0)
(16.5)
–

(31.5)

2020
£m

117.9
(2.9)
(118.9)
(0.2)

(4.1)
(26.5)
4.3

(26.3)

Page_121

ImPeLLAm GRoUP PLC_AnnUAL RePoRT AnD ACCoUnTs_2021

Glossary

Adjusted EBITDA

eBITDA before separately disclosed items and impairment of goodwill

Adjusted EBITDA Conversion Ratio

Adjusted EBITDA divided by NFI/gross profit

Adjusted Operating Profit

Operating profit before amortisation of, and impairment in, acquired intangibles

Beautiful Basics

every brand in Impellam makes a simple promise to its customers and 
candidates and then backs that promise up with whatever activities are needed 
to fulfil, sustain and deliver the brand promise. We call these promises the 
Beautiful Basics

Business Process Outsourcing (‘BPO’)

Solutions which help businesses address back office needs strategically and 
increase operational efficiency

Cash Conversion

Constant Exchange Rates

Contingent Labour

Cross-sell

Net cash from operating activities divided by operating profit

Calculated by multiplying the prior year functional currency amount by the 
current year foreign currency exchange rate

Temporary and contract workers

All Impellam people are encouraged to refer new business leads to one another. 
This happens when a consultant identifies an opportunity that is outside the 
scope of the brand specialism and it will be referred to a brand within the Group 
which is aligned to the requirement

CRM

Customer relationship management

Days Sales Outstanding (‘DSO’)

Total trade receivables divided by average daily invoiced sales

EBITDA

Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation

Facilities Management

Providing cleaning, security, events and retail facilities support services

GDPR

Group Fill

High Road

Hybrid Vendor

IFRS

Ignite

General data protection regulation which came into force on 5 may 2018

The percentage of spend Under management supplied from our Group brands 
into our managed services programmes

Impellam provides good work for people and people for good work. We focus on 
partnering with organisations that value engaged, fulfilled people which serves 
to drive clear market segmentation and a compelling price point

Assignments are filled by a combination of suppliers that we manage for 
the client and are filled directly by the Managed Services provider (including 
Group supply)

International Financial Reporting standards

CRm (customer relationship management), our recruiter operating system

Independent Contractor Solutions

Helping to reduce the risk and cost of worker misclassification

Managed Services

These businesses optimise the productivity of people by designing, 
implementing, coordinating and reporting on the whole staffing process. They 
provide multi-disciplinary workforce solutions, including all forms of partial and 
complete outsourcing

Managed Services Programme (‘MSP’)

The outsourcing of contingent labour

Master Vendor

The majority of assignments are filled by the Managed Services provider 
(including Group supply) and second-tier agencies are used when the managed 
services provider is unable to supply

Net Debt

Total debt of the Group less cash in hand

Net Fee Income (‘NFI’)

Equivalent to gross profit

Neutral Vendor

Assignments are filled by suppliers that we manage for the client, where the 
managed services provider does not form part of the supply chain

Page_122

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSsTRATeGIC RePoRT | CoRPoRATe GoVeRnAnCe | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Non-UK

Origin

Payroll Services

All countries Impellam operates in outside of the UK. This is the Us, Australasia 
and Europe (excluding the UK)

our innovation hub that acquires, invests in and partners with disruptive start-
ups in our markets as well as backing our Virtuosos’ ideas

Provide access to a fully compliant framework for managing and paying 
contingent staff

Productivity

Gross profit divided by Full Time Equivalent (‘FTE’) heads

Recruitment Process Outsourcing (‘RPO’) Where a client outsources the management of the recruitment function (in 

whole or part) to a third party expert

ShiftWise

Specialist Staffing

Spend Under Management (‘SUM’)

Statement of Work (‘SOW’)

Value Chain

Technology solution for the nHs to build our managed services capability

Dedicated brands which provide expert recruitment services and skilled workers 
for permanent, temporary, contact and fixed-price work

Total amount of client expenditure which our Managed Services brands managed 
on behalf of their clients. This equates to revenue earned where Impellam acts as 
principal plus gross billings to customers where Impellam acts as agent

Solutions for spend in complex categories of service which include supplier 
management, requisition facilitation, contract writing, negotiations and invoicing 
and settlement support services

Different parts of our business share the belief that meaningful work really 
matters to individuals, communities, societies and economies so they can work 
together to create value that is greater than the sum of the parts

Vendor Management System (‘VMS’)

Vms technology enables the full procure-to-pay process, while providing robust 
reporting and analytics

Vertical Specialist Managed Services

Our brands which have specialist focus and expertise delivering sector or 
function staffing solutions

Virtuosity

Virtuoso

Virtuous Circle

Virtuoso Way

Virtuosity is the art of seeing possibilities where others see none. It is a mindset 
that enables our people to adapt with agility to changing market conditions

People who see possibilities and can tune in to the needs of our customers 
and candidates

A virtuous circle is at the core of our high-retention model. It provides the 
continuous loop of making and keeping promises, which engenders trust and 
ultimately builds loyalty

our consistent, collaborative Group-wide culture, based on trusted behaviours, 
delivered by entrepreneurial leaders. At the heart of building trust is the 
everyday practice in which people make promises to each other to bring about a 
future that benefits all

Page_123

ImPeLLAm GRoUP PLC_AnnUAL RePoRT AnD ACCoUnTs_2021

Company information

Our Managed Services businesses are enabled by talent-focused Specialist Staffing brands with deep heritages, vertical sector 
expertise and loyal candidate networks. Clients across the world trust us to deliver Managed Services and Specialist Staffing in 
the UK, North America, Asia Pacific and Europe. 

Working with them are 2,900 Impellam people, bringing a wealth of expertise through our 13 market-leading brands across 70 
locations. every year, we connect carefully chosen candidates with good work at all levels. They include technology and digital 
specialists, scientists, clinical experts, engineers, nurses, doctors, lawyers, teachers, receptionists, drivers, chefs, administrators, 
warehouse and call centre operatives. 

Underpinning everything we do is our Virtuoso strategy which recognises it is our people who make the difference. Virtuosos 
make and deliver on promises, and grow with their customers through sector, service or international expansion which ensures 
there is never a need for a customer or candidate to leave Impellam. Impellam is the largest Global Talent Acquisition and 
managed Workforce solutions provider in the UK, and 8th1 in the world.

For more information about Impellam Group, please visit: www.impellam.com

Nominated adviser and broker 
Canaccord Genuity Limited  
88 Wood street 
London   
eC2V 7QR

Principal solicitors 
Allen & overy LLP  
one Bishops square 
London e1 6AD 

Registrars
Link Group 
10th Floor, Central square   
29 Wellington street
Leeds LS1 4DL 

Principal bankers 
Barclays Bank plc 
1 Churchill Place 
London E14 5HP

Independent auditor
BDo LLP
55 Baker street
London W1U 7eU

Registered address
Impellam Group plc
800 The Boulevard
Capability Green
Luton
Bedfordshire LU1 3BA

Registered number
06511961

LSE symbol
IPeL

1 By revenue (2020 published numbers).

Page_124

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CBP00019082504183028

Printed by Pureprint, a Carbonneutral® Company certified to ISO 14001 
environmental management system. 100% of all dry waste associated with this 
production has been recycled. This publication is printed on Revive which is an FsC® 
certified paper produced from recycled and part recycled material, manufactured at 
a mill that has ISO 14001 environmental standard accreditation. The paper is Carbon 
Balanced with World Land Trust, an international conservation charity, who offset 
carbon emissions through the purchase and preservation of high conservation value 
land. Through protecting standing forests, under threat of clearance, carbon is 
locked-in, that would otherwise be released.

I

m

p

e

l

l

a

m

G

r

o

u

p

p

l

c

_

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

_

2

0

2

1

IMPELLAM GROUP PLC
800 The Boulevard
Capability Green
Luton
Bedfordshire LU1 3BA
Registered number: 06511961

www.impellam.com